Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management / Pzena Investment Management

Pzena Investment Management

pzn · NYSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker pzn
Exchange NYSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Pzena Investment Management
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2020
or

Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from             to

☒

☐

Commission file number 001-33761
PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

20-8999751
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

320 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10022
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (212) 355-1600

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class
Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share 

Trading Symbol(s)
PZN

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 
90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T 
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging 
growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of 
the Exchange Act

Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer

☐  
☐

  Accelerated filer
  Smaller reporting company
  Emerging growth company

☒
☒
☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised 
financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over 
financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit 
report.  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act) Yes ☐ No ☒

The aggregate market value of the common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2020, the last business day of its most recently completed 
second fiscal quarter, was approximately $90.3 million based on the closing sale price of $5.44 per share of Class A common stock of the registrant on such date on 
the New York Stock Exchange. For purposes of this calculation only, it is assumed that the affiliates of the registrant include only directors and executive officers of 
the registrant. 

As of March 5, 2021, there were 17,132,884 outstanding shares of the registrant’s Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share.

As of March 5, 2021, there were 55,457,077 outstanding shares of the registrant’s Class B common stock, par value $0.000001 per share.

 
 
 
Portions of the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to its 2021 annual meeting of shareholders (the “2021 Proxy Statement”) are incorporated by reference 
into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K where indicated. The 2021 Proxy Statement will be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission within 
120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which this report relates.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements .............................................................

PART I ....................................................................................................................................................

Item 1.

Business....................................................................................................................................................

Page
ii

1

1

Item 1A. Risk Factors.............................................................................................................................................. 13

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments .................................................................................................................... 26

Item 2.

Properties.................................................................................................................................................. 26

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings .................................................................................................................................... 26

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosure ............................................................................................................................ 26

PART II................................................................................................................................................... 27

Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 

Equity Securities................................................................................................................................... 27

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data ............................................................................................................................ 28

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations................... 31

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ................................................................. 47

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ........................................................................................ 48

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure .................. 48

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures........................................................................................................................... 49

Item 9B. Other Information..................................................................................................................................... 49

PART III ................................................................................................................................................. 50

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance....................................................................... 50

Item 11. Executive Compensation.......................................................................................................................... 50

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 

Matters...................................................................................................................................................... 50

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence......................................... 50

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services .................................................................................................. 50

PART IV.................................................................................................................................................. 51

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules............................................................................................ 51

Item 16. Form of 10-K Summary ........................................................................................................................... 54

SIGNATURES.......................................................................................................................................................... 55

i

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, or Annual Report, contains forward-looking statements within the meaning 
of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and Section 27E of the Securities 
and  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  "Exchange  Act").  Forward-looking  statements  provide  our  current 
views, expectations, or forecasts, of future events and performance and include statements about our expectations, 
beliefs, plans, objectives, intentions, assumptions and other statements that are not historical facts. Words or phrases 
such  as  “anticipate,”  “believe,”  “continue,”  “ongoing,”  “estimate,”  “expect,”  “intend,”  “may,”  “plan,”  “potential,” 
“predict,” “project” or similar words or phrases, or the negatives of those words or phrases, may identify forward-
looking  statements,  but  the  absence  of  these  words  does  not  necessarily  mean  that  a  statement  is  not  forward-
looking.

Forward-looking  statements  are  subject  to  known  and  unknown  risks  and  uncertainties,  including  but  not 
limited to those noted below and described in Part I, Item 1A — "Risk Factors" of this Annual Report, and are based 
on assumptions and estimates.  If one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or if one or more of our 
assumptions or estimates prove incorrect, our actual results could differ materially from those expected or implied 
by  the  forward-looking  statements.    Accordingly,  you  should  not  unduly  rely  on  any  forward-looking  statements.  
The forward-looking statements in this Annual Report, speak only as of the date of this Annual Report. There may 
be additional risks, uncertainties and factors that we do not currently view as material or that are not known. We 
undertake  no  obligation  to  publicly  revise  any  forward-looking  statements  to  reflect  circumstances  or  events  after 
the date of this Annual Report, or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. You should, however, review the 
factors  and  risks  we  describe  in  the  reports  we  will  file  from  time  to  time  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission, (the “SEC”), after the date of this Annual Report.

Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our ability to respond to global economic, market, business and geopolitical conditions, including changes 
in such conditions resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic and government responses thereto;

our anticipated future results of operations and operating cash flows;

our successful formulation and execution of business strategies and investment policies;

our financing plans and the availability of short- or long-term borrowing, or equity financing;

our competitive position and the effects of competition on our business;

our ability to identify and capture potential growth opportunities available to us;

the effective recruitment and retention of our executives and employees;

our expected levels of compensation for our employees;

expectations relating to dividend payments and our ability to make such payments;

our potential operating performance, achievements, efficiency and cost reduction efforts;

our expected tax rate;

changes in interest rates;

our expectations with respect to the economy, capital markets, the market for asset management services 
and other industry trends;

the potential impact of disruptions as a result of natural disasters, pandemics, or other international health 
emergencies,  including  the  COVID-19  pandemic  as  well  as  the  conditions  in  the  sectors  in  which  we 
invest; and

ii

•

the  impact  of  future  legislation  and  regulation,  and  changes  in  existing  legislation  and  regulation,  on  our 
business.

Preliminary Notes

In this Annual Report, “we,” “our,” “us,” and “the Company” refer to Pzena Investment Management, Inc. 

and its consolidated subsidiaries.

All rights in the Russell 1000® Value Index, Russell Mid Cap® Value Index, Russell 2000® Value Index vest in 
the relevant London Stock Exchange Group plc (“LSE Group”) company which owns the relevant Index. “Russell®” 
is a trade mark of the relevant LSE Group company and is used by any other LSE Group company under license.

Information  with  respect  to  MSCI,  Inc.  (“MSCI”)  requires  a  license  from  MSCI.   The  MSCI  information 
provided in this Annual Report may only be used for your internal use, may not be reproduced or re-disseminated in 
any  form  and  may  not  be  used  as  a  basis  for  or  a  component  of  any  financial  instruments  or  products  or 
indices.  None of the MSCI information is intended to constitute investment advice or a recommendation to make 
(or  refrain  from  making)  any  kind  of  investment  decision  and  may  not  be  relied  on  as  such.  Historical  data  and 
analysis should not be taken as an indication or guarantee of any future performance analysis, forecast or prediction. 
The MSCI information is provided on an “as is” basis and the user of this information assumes the entire risk of any 
use made of this information.  MSCI, each of its affiliates and each other person involved in or related to compiling, 
computing or creating any MSCI information (collectively, the “MSCI Parties”) expressly disclaims all warranties 
(including, without limitation, any warranties of originality, accuracy, completeness, timeliness, non-infringement, 
merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose) with respect to this information.  Without limiting any of the 
foregoing, in no event shall any MSCI Party have any liability for any direct, indirect, special, incidental, punitive, 
consequential (including, without limitation, lost profits) or any other damages. (www.msci.com)

The  S&P  500  Index  is  licensed  from  Standard  &  Poor's  Financial  Services  LLC,  which  is  the  source  of  the 

performance statistics of this index.

iii

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

Pzena Investment Management, Inc. was formed in 2007 and is the sole managing member of Pzena Investment 
Management, LLC, which is our operating company.  Founded in 1995, Pzena Investment Management, LLC is a 
value-oriented  investment  management  company.    We  believe  that  we  have  established  a  positive,  team-oriented 
culture that enables us to attract and retain highly qualified people.  Since our inception, we have built a diverse, 
global client  base  of  respected  and  sophisticated  institutional  investors,  select  third-party  distributed  mutual funds 
for which we act as sub-investment adviser, and funds for which we act as investment adviser.

Equity  interests  in  Pzena  Investment  Management,  LLC  are  comprised  of  Class  A,  Class  B,  and  Class  B-1 
membership units. Class A and Class B membership units each have an identical economic interest in the operating 
company. Class B-1 membership units, first issued on December 31, 2019, are entitled to receive distributions and 
will participate in additional value only to the extent there has been appreciation subsequent to the issuance of the 
Class  B-1  membership  unit.  As  a  holding  company,  we  hold  all  of  the  Class  A  membership  units  and  recognize 
income  generated  from  our  economic  interest  in  our  operating  company's  net  income.    The  Class  B  membership 
units  of  the  operating  company  are  held  by  employees  and  certain  outside  members.  The  Class  B-1  membership 
units of the operating company are held by employees. For each Class A membership unit held, we have issued one 
corresponding share of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, which entitles the holder to one vote per 
share.  For each Class B membership unit, we have issued one corresponding share of Class B common stock, par 
value  $0.000001  per  share,  which  entitles  the  holder  to  five  votes  per  share  without  dividend  rights,  as  described 
below in the graphic illustration. Class B-1 membership units have not been issued corresponding shares and do not 
have  voting  rights.  As  of  December 31,  2020,  we  owned  approximately  24.2%  of  the  economic  interest  in  the 
December 31, 2020 value of our operating company and our Class A shareholders held approximately 6.0% of our 
outstanding  voting  interests.  As  of  December  31,  2020,  we  owned  22.4%  of  the  right  to  the  future  income  and 
distributions of the operating company. The percentages presented above are subject to continued changes including, 
but not limited to, issuances of awards, exercise of options and exchanges of Class B-1 membership units for Class 
A common stock.

Pzena Investment Management, Inc. also serves as the general partner of Pzena Investment Management, LP, a 
partnership  formed  with  the  objective  of  aggregating  employee  ownership  in  one  entity.  Certain  of  the  owners  of 
shares of Class B common stock, Class B membership units, and Class B-1 membership units have contributed such 
interests  to  Pzena  Investment  Management,  LP  in  exchange  for  membership  interests  therein.  Pzena  Investment 
Management, LP may only vote such shares of Class B common stock and Class B membership units in accordance 
with  its  operating  agreement,  which  provides  for  a  preliminary  vote  of  the  limited  partners  thereof  to  direct  such 
voting. Class B-1 membership units of Pzena Investment Management, LP do not have voting rights.

1

The graphic below illustrates our holding company structure and ownership as of December 31, 2020.

(1) As  of  December 31,  2020,  the  Class  B  and  Class  B-1  members  of  Pzena  Investment  Management,  LLC,  (collectively,  the  “Principals”)  

consisted of:

•

•

•

Richard  S.  Pzena,  John  P.  Goetz,  and  William  L.  Lipsey,  our  founders,  and  their  estate  planning  vehicles,  who  collectively  held, 
through  direct  and  indirect  interests,  approximately  50.1%  of  the  economic  interests  in  the  December  31,  2020  value  of  Pzena 
Investment Management, LLC and 46.3% of the future income and distributions.

48  of  our  other  employee  members  and  their  estate  planning  vehicles,  who  collectively  held,  through  direct  and  indirect  interests, 
approximately 6.1% of the economic interests in the December 31, 2020 value of Pzena Investment Management, LLC and 13.1% of 
the future income and distributions.

Certain other members of our operating company, including one of our directors and his related entities, and former employees, who 
collectively  held,  through  direct  and  indirect  interests,  approximately  19.6%  of  the  economic  interests  in  the  value  of  Pzena 
Investment Management, LLC and 18.2% of the future income and distributions.

(2) Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share. 

(3) Each  share  of  Class  B  common  stock  is  entitled  to  five  votes  per  share  for  so  long  as  the  number  of  shares  of  Class  B  common  stock 
outstanding represents at least 20% of all shares of common stock outstanding.  Holders of Class B common stock have the right to receive 
the par value of the Class B common stock held by them upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, but do not share in dividends.

(4) As  of  December 31,  2020,  we  held  17,345,705  Class  A  units  of  Pzena  Investment  Management,  LLC,  which  represented  approximately 
24.2% of the economic interest in the December 31, 2020 value of Pzena Investment Management, LLC and the right to receive 22.4% of 
the future income and distributions.

(5) As  of  December 31,  2020,  the  principals  collectively  held  54,361,780  Class  B  units  of  Pzena  Investment  Management,  LLC,  which 
represented 75.8% of the economic interest in the December 31, 2020 value of the Pzena Investment Management, LLC and the right to 
receive 70.1% of the future income and distributions.

2

(6) As  of  December 31,  2020,  the  principals  collectively  held  5,775,952  Class  B-1  units  of  Pzena  Investment  Management,  LLC,  which 
represented the right to receive 7.5% of the future income and distributions. Based on the closing market price of the Company’s Class A 
common  stock  at  December  31,  2020,  the  aggregate  intrinsic  value  of  these  units  represented  0.0%  of  the  economic  interest  in  the 
December 31, 2020 value of the Pzena Investment Management, LLC.

(7) Pursuant to the operating agreement of our operating company, each vested Class B unit is exchangeable for a share of the Company's Class 
A  common  stock,  subject  to  certain  timing  and  volume  restrictions.    When  a  vested  Class  B  unit  is  exchanged  for  a  share  of  Class  A 
common  stock,  or  is  forfeited,  a  corresponding  share  of  the  Company's  Class  B  common  stock  will  automatically  be  redeemed  and 
cancelled.  When a share of Class A common stock or Class B unit is repurchased and retired, a corresponding membership unit or share of 
Class B common stock is redeemed and cancelled, respectively.  Conversely, to the extent that we issue shares of Class A common stock, or 
additional Class B units pursuant to our equity incentive plans, the corresponding Class A membership units or shares of Class B common 
stock will be issued, respectively. Class B-1 units, upon the end of the holder’s employment, are exchanged for shares of Class A common 
stock in an amount based upon the appreciation in price of the Class A common stock from the date of grant to the date of exchange.

We utilize a classic value approach to investing and seek to make investments in good businesses at low prices, 

which requires:

• willingness to invest in companies before their stock prices reflect signs of business improvement, and

•

significant  patience,  based  upon  our  understanding  of  the  business’  fundamentals,  and  our  long-term 
investment horizon.

Our  approach  and  process  aim  to  achieve  attractive  returns  over  the  long  term.    We  manage  assets  in  value-
oriented investment strategies reflecting varying degrees of portfolio concentrations across a wide range of market 
capitalizations in both U.S. and non-U.S. capital markets.

Our assets under management, (“AUM”), was $43.3 billion at December 31, 2020, and we managed money on 
behalf  of  institutions,  acted  as  sub-investment  adviser  to  a  variety  of  SEC-registered  mutual  funds  and  non-U.S. 
funds as well as investment adviser to Pzena SEC-registered mutual funds, certain private placement funds, and non-
U.S. funds.

Our  operating  company  is  led  by  a  committee,  consisting,  as  of  December  31,  2020,  of  our  Chief  Executive 
Officer  (CEO),  Mr.  Richard  S.  Pzena;  each  of  our  Presidents,  Messrs.  John  P.  Goetz  and  William  L.  Lipsey;  our 
Executive Vice President, Ms. Caroline Cai; and our Chief Operating Officer (COO), Mr. Evan Fire (the “Executive 
Committee”).

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that the following are our competitive strengths:

•

•

Focus  on  Investment  Excellence.  We  recognize  that  we  must  achieve  investment  excellence  in  order  to 
attain  long-term  business  success.    All  of  our  business  decisions,  including  the  design  of  our  investment 
process and our willingness to limit AUM in our investment strategies, are focused on producing attractive 
long-term  investment  results.    We  believe  that  our  long-term  investment  performance,  together  with  our 
willingness  to  close  our  strategies  to  new  investors  in  order  to  optimize  the  prospects  for  future 
performance, has contributed to our positive reputation among our clients and the institutional consultants 
who advise them.

Consistency  of  Investment  Process.  Since  our  inception,  we  have  utilized  a  classic  value  investment 
approach  and  a  systematic,  disciplined  investment  process  to  construct  portfolios  for  our  investment 
strategies in U.S. and non-U.S. markets across all market capitalizations.  The consistency of our process 
has  allowed  us  to  leverage  the  same  investment  team  to  launch  new  strategies.    We  believe  that  our 
consistent investment process has resulted in our strong brand recognition in the investment community.

• Diverse and High Quality Client Base.  We believe that we have developed a favorable reputation in the 
institutional  investment  community.    This  is  evidenced  by  our  strong  relationships  with  institutional 
investors, investment consultants, and mutual fund providers, as well as the diversity and sophistication of 
our  investors.    For  more  information  concerning  our  client  base,  see  “Our  Client  Relationships  and 
Distribution Approach” below.

3

•

•

•

Experienced  Investment  Professionals  and  a  Team-Oriented  Approach.  We  believe  that  our  greatest 
asset is the experience of the individuals on our team.  For more information on our investment team, see 
“Our Investment Team” below.

Employee Retention.  We have focused on building an environment that we believe is attractive to talented 
investment  professionals.    Important  among  our  practices  are  our  team-oriented  approach  to  investment 
decisions, rotation of coverage areas among individuals, and our culture of employee ownership.

Culture of Ownership.  We believe the key contributors to our success should have significant ownership 
of  our  business.    Since  our  inception,  we  have  communicated  to  all  our  employees  that  they  have  the 
opportunity  to  become  members  of  our  operating  company.    As  of  December 31,  2020,  we  had  52 
employee members positioned within all of our functional areas.  We believe this ownership model results 
in a shared sense of purpose with our clients and their advisers.  We intend to continue fostering a culture 
of ownership through our equity incentive plans, which are designed to align our team’s interests with those 
of our stockholders and clients.  We believe this culture of ownership contributes to our team orientation 
and connection with clients.

Our Business Strategy

The key to our success is continued long-term investment performance.  In conjunction with this, we believe the 

following strategies will enable us to grow our business over time:

• Unwavering  Focus  on  Classic  Value  Investing.  We  view  our  unwavering  focus  on  long-term  classic 

value investment excellence to be the key driver of our business success.

•

Capitalize  on  Growth  Opportunities  Created  By  Our  Global  Strategies.  Among  both  institutional  and 
retail investors industry-wide, over the past few years, there have been increasing levels of investments in 
portfolios  including  non-U.S.  equities.    As  of  December 31,  2020,  the  total  AUM  in  our  Global  Value 
strategies,  International  Value  strategies,  Emerging  Markets  Value  strategies,  European  Value  strategies, 
and  other  Global  &  non-U.S.  strategies  was  $28.5  billion,  or  65.8%  of  our  overall  AUM.    Our  global 
capability provides opportunity for implementation of our strategies around the world.

• Work with Our Strong Consultant Relationships.  We believe that we have built strong relationships with 
the  leading  investment  consulting  firms  who  advise  potential  institutional  clients.    Historically,  new 
accounts sourced through consultant-led searches have been a large driver of our inflows and are expected 
to be a major component of our future inflows.  We estimate that approximately 70% of all retirement plan 
assets  are  advised  by  investment  consultants,  with  a  relatively  small  number  of  these  consultants 
representing a significant majority of these relationships.  As a result of a consistent servicing effort over 
our history, we have built strong relationships with consulting firms that we believe are the most important.  
New accounts sourced through consultant-led searches have been a large driver of our historical growth and 
are  expected  to  be  a  major  component  of  our  future  growth.    As  of  December 31,  2020,  our  largest 
consultant relationship represented approximately 8.6% of our AUM.

•

•

Expand Our Non-U.S. Client Base.  In recent years, we have increased our efforts to develop our non-U.S. 
client base. Through our strong relationships with global consultants, we have been able to accelerate the 
development of our relationships with their non-U.S. branches.  Over time, we aim to achieve growth of 
this  client  base  through  these  relationships  and  by  directly  calling  on  the  world’s  largest  institutional 
investors.  We have also sought to expand our non-U.S. base through our relationships with non-U.S. funds 
and  other  investment  fund  advisers.    In  addition  to  our  headquarters  in  the  United  States,  we  have  a 
business development and client service office in London as well as a representative office in Melbourne.  
To date, our marketing efforts have resulted in client relationships in fifteen non-U.S. countries, including 
Australia,  the  United  Kingdom,  Luxembourg,  Canada,  Ireland,  Japan,  and  South  Africa.    As  of 
December 31, 2020, we managed $16.8 billion on behalf of non-U.S. clients.

Provide Access To Our Strategies Through a Range of Investment Vehicles and Distribution Channels.  
Our  clients  access  our  investment  strategies  through  a  range  of  investment  vehicles  and  distribution 
channels,  including  separately  managed  accounts,  mutual  funds  that  we  sub-advise,  and  certain  private 
placement vehicles and non-U.S. funds.  We also offer four SEC-registered Pzena mutual funds for which 
we act as investment adviser. For more information concerning access to our strategies and our distribution 
approach, see “Our Client Relationships and Distribution Approach” below.

4

•

•

Employ  Global  Team  to  Serve  Clients  and  Prospects.  Our  business  development  and  client  service 
professionals are critical to our business, as noted below under "Business Development and Client Service 
Teams,"  and  are  generally  focused  geographically  covering  both  our  institutional  and  intermediary 
distribution  efforts.    In  addition  to  our  headquarters  in  the  United  States  and  representative  office  in 
Melbourne, we have four dedicated professionals located in our London office.  

Corporate  Environmental  and  Social  Responsibility. As  a  global  investment  management  organization, 
we  are  committed  to  adopting  and  implementing  responsible  investment  principles  in  a  manner  that  is 
consistent  with  our  fiduciary  responsibilities  to  our  clients.   Throughout  the  firm’s  history,  we  have 
recognized the importance of considering environmental, social and governance (ESG) issues as part of a 
robust investment process. Assessing the potential impact of ESG issues on a company is therefore critical 
to our investment process. In addition, we believe our communication with the management of companies 
we invest in and the voting of proxies for those companies should be managed with the same care as all 
other  elements  of  the  investment  process.   Through  our  engagement  with  management,  and  our  proxy 
voting, we seek to exert a constructive, long-term oriented influence on the trajectory of the company. 

Our commitment to incorporating ESG into our investment approach drives us to enhance the way we look 
at  ESG  factors.   For  example,  in  the  beginning  of  2018,  we  became  a  signatory  to  the  Principles  for 
Responsible  Investment  (PRI),  which  is  a  leading  global  responsible  investment  network  of  investment 
managers, service providers and asset owners.

Our Investment Team

We have built an investment team that is well-suited to implement our classic value investment strategy.  The 
members  of  our  investment  team  have  a  diverse  set  of  backgrounds,  including  former  corporate  management, 
private  equity,  management  consulting,  accounting,  and  Wall  Street  professionals.  Their  diverse  business 
backgrounds  are  instrumental  in  enabling  us  to  make  investments  in  companies  where  we  would  be  comfortable 
owning the entire business for a three- to five-year period.  We look beyond temporary earnings shortfalls that result 
in  stock  price  declines,  which  may  lead  others  to  forego  investment  opportunities,  if  we  believe  the  long-term 
fundamentals of a company remain attractive.

As of December 31, 2020, we had a 25-member investment team.  Each member serves as a research analyst, 
and certain members of the team also have portfolio management responsibilities. There are generally three portfolio 
managers  for  each  investment  strategy.    These  managers  have  joint  decision-making  responsibility,  and  each  has 
“veto  authority”  over  all  decisions  regarding  the  relevant  portfolio.    Research  analysts  have  sector  and  company-
level research responsibilities which span all of our investment strategies, including those with a non-U.S. focus.  In 
order to facilitate the professional development of our team, and to keep a fresh perspective on the companies in our 
investment portfolios, our research analysts generally rotate industry coverage every three to four years.

We follow a collaborative, consensus-oriented approach to making investment decisions, such that all members 
of our investment team, irrespective of their seniority, can play a significant role in this decision-making process.  
We  hold  weekly  research  review  meetings  attended  by  all  portfolio  managers  and  relevant  research  analysts,  and 
that  are  open  to  other  employees,  at  which  we  openly  discuss  and  debate  our  findings  regarding  the  normalized 
earnings  power  of  potential  portfolio  companies.    In  addition,  we  hold  daily  morning  meetings,  attended  by  our 
portfolio  managers,  research  analysts,  portfolio  implementation,  and  client  service  personnel,  in  order  to  review 
developments in our holdings and set a trading strategy for the day.  These meetings are critical for sharing relevant 
developments and analysis of the companies in our portfolios.  We believe that our collaborative culture is attractive 
to our investment professionals.

Our Investment Strategies

As of December 31, 2020, our approximately $43.3 billion in AUM was invested in a variety of value-oriented 
investment strategies, representing differing degrees of concentration, and capitalization segments of U.S. and non-
U.S.  markets.  See  "Item  7  —  Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  &  Results  of 
Operations  —  Operating  Results  —  Assets  Under  Management  and  Flows"  for  additional  details  about  our 
strategies.  

5

The  following  table  identifies  our  current  U.S.  and  non-U.S.  investment  strategies,  and  the  allocation  of  our 

AUM among them, as of December 31, 2020 and 2019: 

Strategy

U.S. Value Strategies
Large Cap Value
Mid Cap Value
Small Cap Value
Value
Other U.S. Strategies

Global and Non-U.S. Strategies

Global Value
International Value
Emerging Markets Value
European Value
Other Global and Non-U.S. Strategies

Total

As of December 31,

2020

2019

(in billions)
9.2   $
2.6    
2.2    
0.6    
0.2    

11.8    
6.9    
6.5    
2.9    
0.4    
43.3   $

10.1 
3.7 
1.8 
0.9 
0.2 

8.9 
6.9 
5.3 
3.0 
0.4 
41.2  

  $

  $

We follow the same investment process for each of these strategies.  Our investment strategies are distinguished 
by the market capitalization ranges from which we select securities for their portfolios, which we refer to as each 
strategy’s  investment  universe,  as  well  as  the  regions  in  which  we  invest.    In  addition,  the  number  of  holdings 
typically  found  in  the  portfolios  of  each  of  our  investment  strategies  may  vary  depending  on  the  degree  of 
concentration in the portfolio, with our Focused Value strategies generally reflecting fewer holdings than our Value 
strategies.

Our largest investment strategies as of December 31, 2020 are further described below.  This strategy detail is 

representative of our Value and Focused Value strategies, and variations thereof.

U.S. Strategies

Large  Cap  Value.  These  strategies  reflect  a  portfolio  composed  of  approximately  30  to  80  stocks  drawn 

generally from a universe of 500 of the largest U.S. listed companies, based on market capitalization.

Mid Cap Value.  These strategies reflect a portfolio composed of approximately 30 to 80 stocks drawn generally 

from a universe of U.S. listed companies ranked from the 201st to 1,200th largest, based on market capitalization.

Small  Cap  Value.  These  strategies  reflect  a  portfolio  composed  of  approximately  40  to  50  stocks  drawn 
generally  from  a  universe  of  U.S.  listed  companies  ranked  from  the  1,001st  to  3,000th  largest,  based  on  market 
capitalization.

Value.  This  strategy  reflects  a  portfolio  composed  of  a  portfolio  of  approximately  30  to  40  stocks  drawn 

generally from a universe of 1,000 of the largest U.S. listed companies, based on market capitalization.

Global and Non-U.S. Strategies

Global Value.  These strategies reflect a portfolio composed of approximately 40 to 95 stocks drawn generally 

from a universe of 2,000 of the largest companies across the world, based on market capitalization.

International  Value.  These  strategies  reflect  a  portfolio  composed  of  approximately  30  to  80  stocks  drawn 
generally from a universe of 1,500 of the largest companies across the world, excluding the United States, based on 
market capitalization.

Emerging Markets Value.  These strategies reflect a portfolio composed of approximately 40 to 80 stocks drawn 

generally from a universe of 1,500 of the largest emerging market companies, based on market capitalization.

6

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
     
  
   
   
   
   
   
European  Value.    These  strategies  reflect  a  portfolio  composed  of  approximately  40  to  50  stocks  drawn 

generally from a universe of 750 of the largest European companies, based on market capitalization.

We  believe  that  our  ability  to  retain  and  grow  assets  has  been,  and  will  continue  to  be,  driven  primarily  by 
delivering attractive long-term investment results to our clients.  We have therefore prioritized, and will continue to 
prioritize, investment performance over asset accumulation.  Where we have deemed it necessary, we have, at times, 
closed  certain  products  to  new  investors  in  order  to  preserve  capacity  to  effectively  implement  our  concentrated 
investment strategies for the benefit of existing clients.  Currently, all of our investment strategies are open to new 
investors.

Our Strategy Development Approach

Historically, a component of our growth has been the development of new strategies.  Prior to incubating a new 
strategy, we perform in-depth research on the potential market for the product, as well as its overall compatibility 
with  our  investment  expertise.    This  process  involves  analysis  by  our  client  team,  as  well  as  by  our  investment 
professionals.    We  will  only  launch  a  new  product  if  we  believe  that  it  can  add  value  to  a  client’s  investment 
portfolio.  Prior to marketing a new strategy, we generally incubate the product for a period of one to five years, so 
that we can test and refine our investment strategy and process before actively marketing the product to our clients.

Our Investment Performance

Since we are long-term fundamental investors, we believe that our investment strategies yield the most benefits 
and  are  best  evaluated,  over  a  long-term  timeframe.    For  more  information  on  our  performance,  see  “Item  7 —
 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Operating Results — 
Assets Under Management and Flows.”

Our Client Relationships and Distribution Approach

We believe that strong relationships with our clients are critical to our ability to succeed and to grow our AUM.  
In building these relationships, we have focused our efforts where we can efficiently access and service large pools 
of sophisticated clients with our team of dedicated business development and client service professionals.

We distribute our products primarily through the efforts of our business development and client service team, 
who  communicate  directly  with  our  clients  and  with  the  consultants  who  serve  them,  as  well  as  through  the 
marketing  programs  of  our  sub-investment  advisory  partners  and  intermediary  distribution  partners.    Since  our 
objective  is  to  attract  long-term  investors  with  an  investment  horizon  in  excess  of  three  years,  our  business 
development  and  client  service  efforts  focus  on  educating  our  investors  and  intermediary  distribution  partners 
regarding our disciplined classic value investment process and philosophy.

Our business development and client service team is responsible for:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

identifying, developing relationships with, and marketing to prospective clients;

providing ongoing service to existing accounts;

responding to requests for investment management proposals; 

developing and maintaining relationships with independent consultants; 

developing and maintaining relationships with intermediary partners to grow retail distribution capabilities;

addressing all ongoing client needs, including periodic updates and reporting requirements; and

developing direct relationships with clients sourced through consultant-led searches.

7

Our  business  development  and  client  service  team  is  actively  engaged  with  our  research  team  to  ensure  our 
clients receive content-based information.  We introduce members of our research and portfolio management team 
into client portfolio reviews to ensure that our clients are exposed to the full breadth of our investment resources.  
We also provide quarterly reports to our clients in order to share our investment perspectives.  We additionally meet 
and  hold  conference  calls  regularly  with  clients  to  share  perspectives  on  the  portfolio  and  the  current  investment 
environment.

Distribution Channels

We manage assets in three principal distribution channels.  A summary of selected financial data attributable to 
our  operations  for  each  distribution  channel  is  included  in  “Item  7 — Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of 
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations.”    The  following  table  provides  information  regarding  the 
composition of our total assets under management by distribution channel:

Assets Under Management

Separately Managed Accounts
Sub-Advised Accounts
Pzena Funds
Total

Separately Managed Accounts

As of December 31,

2020

2019

(in billions)
17.3   $
23.3    
2.7    
43.3   $

16.4 
22.4 
2.4 
41.2  

  $

  $

Since our inception, we have directly offered institutional investment products to public and corporate pension 
funds, endowments, foundations, high net worth individuals and their investment vehicles.  We continue to develop 
direct relationships with the largest institutional investors and consultants around the world.

Sub-Advised Accounts

We have established relationships with mutual fund and fund providers globally, that offer us opportunities to 
efficiently access market segments through sub-investment advisory roles.  The funds that we sub-advise are either 
multi-manager funds, in which we manage only a portion of the fund's portfolio, or funds for which we are the sole 
sub-adviser.

Pzena Funds

U.S. investors that do not meet our minimum account size for a separate account, or who otherwise prefer to 
invest through a mutual fund, can invest in certain of our strategies through our Pzena mutual funds.  We act as the 
investment adviser to four Pzena mutual funds that offer no-load, open-end share classes designed to meet the needs 
of a range of investor types.

In  addition,  we  offer  investors  outside  of  the  U.S.  the  ability  to  invest  in  our  strategies  through  Pzena  Value 
Funds plc and its respective sub-funds, a family of Irish-based undertakings for collective investment in transferable 
securities (UCITS) funds for which we serve as investment manager and promoter.  Pzena Value Funds plc began 
operations  in  2005  and  offers  shares  to  non-U.S.  investors.    We  currently  offer  a  sub-fund  corresponding  to  our 
Emerging Markets Focused Value, Global Value, Global Focused Value, and Large Cap Value strategies.

In  the  U.S.,  we  offer  access  to  many  of  our  U.S.,  global  and  non-U.S.  strategies  through  private  placement 

vehicles and collective investment trusts.

8

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
Advisory Fees

We earn advisory fees on our separately managed and sub-advised accounts, as well as our Pzena funds.

On  our  separately  managed  accounts,  we  are  paid  fees  according  to  a  schedule  which  varies  by  investment 
strategy.  The substantial majority of these accounts pay us management fees pursuant to a schedule in which the 
rate we earn on the AUM declines as the amount of AUM increases.

With respect to our sub-advised accounts, as of December 31, 2020, we sub-advised seventeen SEC-registered 
mutual  funds  that  each  have  an  initial  two-year  term  and  are  thereafter  subject  to  annual  renewal  by  each  fund’s 
board of directors pursuant to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”).  
Fifteen  of  these  seventeen  sub-investment  advisory  agreements  are  beyond  their  initial  two-year  terms  as  of 
December 31,  2020.    In  addition,  we  sub-advise  twenty-four  non-U.S.  funds.    Under  these  agreements,  we  are 
generally paid a management fee according to a schedule, pursuant to which the rate we earn on the AUM declines 
as  the  amount  of  AUM  increases.    Certain  of  these  funds  pay  us  fixed-rate  management  fees.    Due  to  the 
substantially  larger  account  size  of  certain  of  these  accounts,  the  average  advisory  fees  we  earn  on  them,  as  a 
percentage of AUM, are lower than the advisory fees we earn on our separately managed accounts. 

Advisory  fees  we  earn  on  separately  managed  accounts  and  Pzena  funds  are  generally  based  on  the  value  of 
AUM at a specific date on a quarterly basis.  Certain of our separately managed accounts, sub-advised accounts, and 
Pzena funds are calculated based on the average of the monthly or daily market value of the account.  Advisory fees 
are also generally adjusted for any cash flows into or out of a portfolio, where the cash flow represents greater than 
10%  of  the  value  of  the  portfolio.    While  a  specific  group  of  accounts  may  use  the  same  fee  rate,  the  calculation 
methodology may differ, as described above.

Certain of our clients pay us performance fees according to the performance of their accounts relative to certain 
agreed-upon  benchmarks,  which  results  in  a  lower  base  fee,  but  allows  for  us  to  earn  higher  fees  if  the  relevant 
investment  strategy  outperforms  the  agreed-upon  benchmark.    Some  performance-based  fee  arrangements  include 
high-water  mark  provisions,  which  generally  provide  that  if  a  client  account  underperforms  relative  to  its 
performance target, it must gain back such underperformance before we can collect future performance-based fees.  
Fulcrum  fee  arrangements  related  to  one  client  relationship  require  a  reduction  in  the  base  fee  or  allow  for  an 
increase in the base fee if the relevant investment strategy underperforms or outperforms, respectively, the agreed-
upon benchmark.

Competition

We compete in all aspects of our business with a large number of investment management firms, commercial 

banks, broker-dealers, insurance companies, and other financial institutions.

In  order  to  grow  our  business,  we  must  be  able  to  compete  effectively  to  maintain  existing  AUM  and  attract 

additional AUM.  Historically, we have competed for AUM principally on the basis of:

•

•

•

•

•

•

the performance of our investment strategies;

our clients’ perceptions of our drive, focus, and alignment of our interests with theirs;

the quality of the service we provide to our clients and the duration of our relationships with them;

our brand recognition and reputation within the investing community;

the range of strategies and investment vehicles we offer; and

the level of advisory fees we charge for our investment management services.

Our  ability  to  continue  to  compete  effectively  will  also  depend  upon  our  ability  to  attract  highly  qualified 

investment professionals and retain our existing employees.

9

Human Capital

At Pzena, we believe that one of our greatest assets is the experience of the individuals on our team. We have 
focused  on  building  an  environment  that  we  believe  is  attractive  to  talented  investment  professionals.  We  build 
strong teams with diverse cultural, professional, and academic backgrounds. Important among our practices are our 
team-oriented  approach  to  investment  decisions,  opportunities  for  mentorship,  and  other  programs  to  help 
employees grow. Furthermore, every employee at Pzena is eligible for ownership. We believe this ownership model 
results in a shared sense of purpose with our clients and their advisers.  We intend to continue fostering a culture of 
ownership  through  our  equity  incentive  plans,  which  are  designed  to  align  our  team’s  interests  with  those  of  our 
stockholders and clients.  We believe this culture of ownership contributes to our team orientation and connection 
with clients. 

At  December 31,  2020,  we  had  121  full-time  employees,  up  from  115  at  the  end  of  2019.  This  includes  25 
investment  professionals,  compared  to  27  in  2019  and  17  business  development  and  client  service  professionals, 
compared to 14 in 2019.

As  of  December  31,  2020,  we  had  52  employees  who  we  recognize  as  partner  members  of  our  operating 
company and who are financially exposed to the performance of our operating company.  Through their ownership 
interests  in  our  operating  company,  our  employees  directly  and  indirectly  owned  approximately  56.2%  of  the 
economic interests in the December 31, 2020 value of Pzena Investment Management, LLC and 59.4% of the future 
income  and  distributions  of  Pzena  Investment  Management,  LLC.    Of  this  amount,  our  founders,  Messrs.  Pzena, 
Goetz  and  Lipsey  owned  approximately  50.1%  and  46.3%  of  the  economic  interests  and  the  future  income  and 
distributions respectively, of our operating company.

Cybersecurity 

We maintain our information technology infrastructure with a focus on business efficiency, continuity, security 
and  controls.  The  information  technology  environment  is  designed  to  oversee  and  maintain  all  aspects  of 
information  security  risk  to  ensure  the  confidentiality  and  integrity  of  information  assets.  We  regularly  perform 
evaluations of our security program and continue to invest in our capabilities to keep clients, employees, and critical 
assets safe. The Chief Information Officer is ultimately responsible for our cybersecurity program which includes 
the implementation of controls aligned with industry guidelines and applicable statutes and regulations to identify 
threats, detect attacks and protect these information assets. We have implemented security monitoring capabilities 
designed to alert us to suspicious activity and developed an incident response program that includes periodic testing 
and  is  designed  to  restore  business  operations  as  quickly  and  as  orderly  as  possible  in  the  event  of  a  breach.  In 
addition,  employees  participate  in  ongoing  mandatory  trainings  and  receive  communications  regarding  the 
cybersecurity environment to increase awareness throughout the firm. 

Regulatory Environment and Compliance

Our business is subject to extensive regulation in the United States at both the federal and state level, as well as 
by self-regulatory organizations.  Under these laws and regulations, agencies that regulate investment advisers have 
broad administrative powers, including the power to limit, restrict, or prohibit an investment adviser from carrying 
on its business in the event that it fails to comply with such laws and regulations.  Possible sanctions that may be 
imposed  include  the  suspension  of  individual  employees,  limitations  on  engaging  in  certain  lines  of  business  for 
specified periods of time, revocation of investment adviser and other registrations, censures and fines.  Our business 
is also subject to foreign regulation, as discussed below.

SEC Regulation

Our operating company, Pzena Investment Management, LLC, is registered as an investment adviser with the 
SEC.  As a registered investment adviser, it is subject to the requirements of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as 
amended, (the “Investment Advisers Act”), and the SEC’s regulations thereunder, as well as to examination by the 
SEC’s  staff.    The  Investment  Advisers  Act  imposes  substantive  regulation  on  virtually  all  aspects  of  Pzena 
Investment  Management,  LLC's  business  and  its  relationships  with  its  clients.    As  an  investment  adviser,  Pzena 
Investment  Management,  LLC  owes  fiduciary  duties  to  its  clients,  which  relate  to  conflicts  of  interest,  client 
recommendations and other fundamental matters.  Applicable requirements relate to, among other things, engaging 

10

in  transactions  with  clients,  maintaining  an  effective  compliance  program,  performance  fees,  solicitation 
arrangements, advertising, recordkeeping, reporting, and disclosure requirements.

Certain U.S. funds for which Pzena Investment Management, LLC acts as the sub-investment adviser and four 
of the U.S. funds for which Pzena Investment Management, LLC acts as investment adviser, are registered with the 
SEC under the Investment Company Act.  The Investment Company Act imposes additional obligations, including 
detailed  operational  requirements  for  both  the  funds  and  their  advisers.    Moreover,  the  Investment  Company  Act 
requires that an investment adviser’s contract with a registered fund may be terminated by the fund on not more than 
60 days’ notice, and is subject to annual renewal by the fund’s board after an initial two-year term.

Both  the  Investment  Advisers  Act  and  the  Investment  Company  Act  regulate  the  “assignment”  of  advisory 
contracts  by  the  investment  adviser.    The  SEC  is  authorized  to  institute  proceedings  and  impose  sanctions  for 
violations  of  the  Investment  Advisers  Act  and  the  Investment  Company  Act,  ranging  from  fines  and  censures  to 
termination of an investment adviser’s registration.

Pzena  Financial  Services,  LLC,  our  SEC  registered  broker-dealer  subsidiary,  is  subject  to  the SEC's  Uniform 
Net  Capital  Rule,  which  requires  that  at  least  a  minimum  part  of  a  registered  broker-dealer's  assets  be  kept  in 
relatively liquid form.  At December 31, 2020, Pzena Financial Services, LLC had net capital of $419,230, which 
was $409,502 in excess of its net capital requirement of $9,728.

ERISA-Related Regulation

With  respect  to  our  benefit  plan  clients,  Pzena  Investment  Management,  LLC  is  a  “fiduciary”  under  the 
Employment Retirement Act of 1974, (“ERISA”), and is therefore subject to ERISA, and to regulations promulgated 
thereunder.  ERISA and applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code impose certain duties on persons who 
are  fiduciaries  under  ERISA,  prohibit  certain  transactions  involving  ERISA  plan  clients,  and  provide  monetary 
penalties for violations of these prohibitions.

Foreign Regulation

Pzena Investment Management, LLC maintains a representative office in Melbourne, Australia, and maintains 
an  exemption  from  the  Australian  Financial  Services  license  requirement  under  the  Corporations  Act  2001  of  the 
Commonwealth of Australia.

Pzena  Investment  Management,  Ltd,  our  United  Kingdom  subsidiary,  is  an  appointed  representative  of 
Mirabella  Advisers  LLP  which  is  authorized  and  regulated  by  the  Financial  Conduct  Authority  ("FCA")  in  the 
United  Kingdom.  In  Europe  outside  of  the  United  Kingdom,  Pzena  Investment  Management,  Ltd  is  an  appointed 
representative  and  tied  agent  of  DMS  Capital  Solutions  (UK)  Limited  which  is  authorized  and  regulated  by  the 
FCA. Pzena Investment Management, LLC has a Category I Financial Service Provider License and is regulated in 
South Africa by the Financial Sector Conduct Authority.

Pzena  Investment  Management,  LLC  currently  avails  itself  of  the  international  adviser  exemption  in  Ontario, 
Canada.    In  addition,  Pzena  Investment  Management,  LLC  is  registered  as  an  exempt  market  dealer  in  Ontario, 
Canada.  As an exempt adviser, Pzena Investment Management, LLC is only permitted to provide advice in Ontario 
to  certain  institutional  and  high  net  worth  individual  clients.    As  an  exempt  market  dealer,  Pzena  Investment 
Management, LLC is permitted to act as a market intermediary for only certain types of trades, and is permitted to 
market,  sell  and  distribute  prospectus-exempt  securities  to  accredited  investors.  An  exempt  adviser  and  market 
dealer  must,  upon  the  request  of  the  Ontario  Securities  Commission,  (“OSC”),  produce  all  books,  papers, 
documents, records and correspondence relating to its activities in Ontario, and inform the OSC if it becomes the 
subject of an investigation or disciplinary action by any financial services or securities regulatory authority or self-
regulatory  authority.    In  the  Netherlands,  Pzena  Investment  Management,  LLC  avails  itself  of  the  Section  10 
Exemption,  which  allows  U.S.  investment  managers  to  provide  investment  services  to  certain  eligible  Dutch 
clients.  This exemption subjects Pzena Investment Management, LLC to certain conduct of business requirements 
under the Dutch regulations. 

We  operate  in  various  other  foreign  jurisdictions  without  registration  in  reliance  upon  applicable  exemptions 

under the laws of those jurisdictions.

11

Available Information

We make available free of charge through our website, www.pzena.com, our annual reports on Form 10-K, our 
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and our current reports on Form 8-K, as well as amendments to those reports, and 
other filings required under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after they are 
electronically  filed  with  the  SEC.    To  retrieve  these  reports,  and  any  amendments  thereto,  visit  the  Investor 
Relations section of our website.  The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov.  All of the materials we filed with 
the SEC may be accessed free of charge on the SEC's website through its EDGAR page.  

Our  Corporate  Governance  Guidelines,  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics,  Code  of  Ethics  for  Senior 
Financial  Officers,  and  Board  of  Directors  committee  charters  (including  the  charters  of  the  Audit  Committee, 
Compensation Committee, and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee) are also available free of charge 
through our website under "Investor Relations — Corporate Governance."

The information on the Company's website is not part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Annual Report, 

or any other report we file with, or furnish to the SEC.

12

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

We face a variety of significant and diverse risks, many of which are inherent in our business. Described below 
are the risks we currently believe could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of 
operations or cash flow.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our  primary  source  of  revenue  is  derived  from  management  fees,  which  are  directly  tied  to  our  assets  under 
management. Fluctuations in AUM therefore will directly impact our revenue.

Substantially all of our revenue is derived from management fees paid by our clients, based on a percentage of 
the market value of our AUM. Any decline and/or significant impairment in AUM would greatly affect our revenue, 
and could occur due to a variety of factors, including:

•  Poor performance of our strategies: Poor performance of our investment strategies may result in decreased 
market  value  of  AUM.  In  addition,  underperformance  could  impact  our  ability  to  maintain  our  existing 
client base and develop new relationships, both of which could negatively impact AUM and revenue.

•  Poor  market  environment: We  expect  our  business  may  generate  lower  revenue  in  a  depressed  equities 
market  or  general  economic  downturn,  including  the  global  decline  in  the  markets  during  the  second 
quarter  of  2020  resulting  from  the  COVID-19  pandemic  and  governmental  measures  taken  in  response 
thereto, as a result of depreciation of our AUM. Any decline in the market value of securities held in client 
portfolios due to such adverse conditions would reduce AUM and lead to a decrease in revenue. Investor 
sentiment in a poor equities market environment could also decrease inflows and increase outflows from 
our investment strategies in favor of investments perceived as more attractive.

•  Global market, economic, geo-political and other conditions: As a company that invests in both U.S. and 
non-U.S. markets, and with a global client base, our business is subject to changing conditions in the global 
financial  markets,  and  may  also  be  affected  by  domestic  and  international  political,  social  and  economic 
conditions, any of which could negatively impact our investment performance, growth strategy and AUM. 
See "Our global and non-U.S. strategies consist primarily of investments in the securities of issuers located 
outside of the United States, which may involve foreign currency exchange, political, social and economic 
uncertainties and risks" below.

•  Termination of significant relationships: Our clients can generally terminate our advisory agreements or 
reduce assets under management upon short notice and for any reason. Investors in the pooled funds that 
we  manage  may  also  redeem  their  investments  in  the  funds  at  any  time  without  prior  notice.  As  of 
December 31,  2020,  five  client  relationships  represented  41%  and  21%  of  our  AUM  and  revenue, 
respectively,  including  one  client  relationship  which  represents  approximately  20%  and  7%  of  our  AUM 
and  revenue  respectively.  The  termination  of  any  of  these  relationships  and  outflow  of  money  from  our 
pooled funds could significantly reduce our revenue, and we may not be able to establish relationships with 
other clients in order to replace the lost revenue. There can also be no assurance that our agreements with 
respect to these relationships will remain in place going forward.

•  Defined  benefit  plans  are  declining:  Defined  benefit  plans  are  declining  as  corporate  plan  sponsors  are 
decreasing  their  liabilities  and  shifting  employee  enrollment  to  defined  contribution  plans.   Given  the 
reduction in funding and shift to defined contribution plans there is no guarantee that we will be successful 
in increasing our penetration of the defined contribution market, which could limit our ability to grow our 
AUM.

• 

Intermediary dependence: New accounts sourced through consultant-led searches have been a large driver 
of  our  inflows  in  the  past,  and  are  expected  to  be  a  major  component  of  our  inflows  going  forward.  We 
have also established relationships with certain mutual fund providers who have offered us opportunities to 
access certain market segments through sub-investment advisory roles. Such consultants and mutual fund 
providers  routinely  review  and  evaluate our  organization  and the  services  we  offer, and  poor  evaluations 
may result in client outflows and impact our ability to attract new assets through such intermediaries. See 

13

"Item 1 — Our Business Strategy — Work with Our Strong Consultant Relationships" and "Item 1 — Our 
Client Relationships and Distribution Approach — Distribution Channels."

•  Passive  strategies,  such  as  index  and  exchange-traded  funds  have  grown  substantially  in  relation  to 
active strategies: During the past decade investors have exhibited a desire for passive investment products 
given  their  relative  performance  and  lower  fee  structure  compared  to  active  strategies  managed  by 
investment managers such as ourselves. If this market preference continues, existing and prospective clients 
may choose to invest in passive investment products, our AUM may be negatively impacted.

We may face capacity constraints in certain of our strategies which may prevent us from accepting new investors 
in those strategies.

Our ability to retain and grow assets as a firm has been, and will be, driven primarily by delivering attractive 
investment results to our clients. As a consequence, we have prioritized, and will continue to prioritize, investment 
performance over asset accumulation. Where we deemed it necessary, we have, in the past, closed certain strategies 
to new investors in order to preserve capacity to effectively implement our concentrated investment strategies for the 
benefit of existing clients. We may in the future close certain of our strategies to new investors or to new inflows 
from existing investors. Any such closures may limit our future AUM growth and hence our revenue growth.

Market and competitive pressures to lower our advisory fees could lead to a decline in our profit and earnings.

Market and competitive pressures in recent years have created a trend towards lower management fees in the 
asset management industry and there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain our current fee structure 
going  forward.  As  a  result,  a  shift  in  the  composition  of  our  AUM  from  higher  to  lower  fee-generating  client 
relationships  would  result  in  a  decrease  in  revenue,  even  if  our  aggregate  level  of  AUM  remains  unchanged  or 
increases.

The investment management business is intensely competitive.

Competition  in  the  investment  management  business  is  based  on  a  variety  of  factors,  including  investment 
performance;  investor  perception  of  an  investment  manager’s  drive,  focus  and  alignment  of  interests;  quality  of 
service  provided  to  clients  and  duration  of  client  relationships;  business  reputation;  and  level  of  fees  charged  for 
services.  We  compete  in  all  aspects  of  our  business  with  a  large  number  of  investment  management  firms, 
commercial  banks,  broker-dealers,  insurance  companies  and  other  financial  institutions.  Our  competitive  risks  are 
heightened  by  the  fact  that  some  of  our  competitors  may  implement  investment  styles  that  are  viewed  more 
favorably than ours or they may invest in alternative asset classes which the markets may perceive as more attractive 
than  the  public  equity  markets.  If  we  are  unable  to  compete  effectively,  our  revenue  could  be  reduced,  and  our 
business could be materially affected.

We may not be successful in expanding into new investment strategies, markets and businesses.

We actively consider the opportunistic expansion of our businesses, but we may not be successful in any such 
attempted expansion.  Attempts to expand our businesses involve a number of risks, including entry into markets in 
which we may have limited or no experience, increasing the demands on our operational systems, the broadening of 
our geographic footprint, increasing the risks associated with conducting operations in non-U.S. jurisdictions and the 
diversion of management’s attention from our core businesses.

We also may not be successful in identifying new investment strategies or geographic markets that increase our 
profitability. Because we have not yet identified all of these potential new investment strategies, geographic markets 
or businesses, we cannot identify all the risks we may face and the potential adverse consequences.  We also do not 
know how long it may take for us to expand, if we do so at all.

14

Loss  of  key  employees,  and  difficulties  in  attracting  qualified  investment  professionals,  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our business.

The success of our business largely depends on the participation of Richard S. Pzena and the other members of 
our Executive Committee. Their professional reputations, expertise in investing, and relationships with our clients 
and  within  the  investing  community  in  the  U.S.  and  abroad  are  an  important  factor  in  our  business  strategy  and 
attracting  and  retaining  clients.  There  is  no  guarantee  that  they  will  not  resign,  join  our  competitors  or  form  a 
competing company. The terms of the current operating agreement of our operating company restrict each of these 
individuals from competing with us or soliciting our clients or employees during the term of their employment with 
us and, in certain circumstances, for a certain period thereafter. The penalty for breach of these restrictive covenants 
may  be  the  forfeiture  of  a  number  of  Class  B  or  Class  B-1  units  held  by  the  individual,  and  his  or  her  permitted 
transferees, as of the earlier of the date of his breach or the termination of his or her employment. Although we may 
seek specific performance of these restrictive covenants, there can be no assurance that we would be successful in 
obtaining  this  relief.  After  this  post-employment  restrictive  period,  we  may  not  be  able  to  prohibit  them  from 
competing with us or soliciting our clients or employees. Furthermore, we do not carry any "key man" insurance that 
would provide us with proceeds in the event of the death or disability of any of the above mentioned employees.

In  addition  to  the  participants  mentioned  above,  our  success  also  depends  on  our  ability  to  retain  the  senior 
members  of  our  investment  team  and  to  recruit  additional  qualified  investment  professionals.    We  may  not  be 
successful in our efforts to retain and recruit such individuals as the market for investment professionals is extremely 
competitive.    Our  portfolio  managers  possess  substantial  experience  and  expertise  in  classic  value  investing  and 
maintain significant relationships with our clients. The loss of any of our senior investment professionals could limit 
our  ability  to  successfully  execute  our  investment  approach  and  to  sustain  the  performance  of  our  investment 
strategies, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, client relationships and our revenue 
and earnings.

Future growth of our business may place significant demands on our resources and employees and may increase 
our expenses, risks and regulatory oversight.

Future  growth  of  our  business  may  place  significant  demands  on  our  infrastructure,  our  investment  team  and 
other  employees,  which  may  increase  our  expenses.  In  addition,  we  are  required  to  continuously  develop  our 
infrastructure  in  response  to  the  increasing  sophistication  of  the  investment  management  market,  as  well  as 
compliance  with  legal  and  regulatory  developments.    We  may  face  significant  challenges  in:  maintaining  and 
developing  adequate  financial  and  operational  controls;  implementing  new  or  updated  information  and  financial 
systems, and procedures and training; and managing and appropriately sizing our work force, and other components 
of our business on a timely and cost-effective basis. There can be no assurance that we will be able to manage the 
growth  of  our  business  effectively,  or  that  we  will  be  able  to  continue  to  grow,  and  any  failure  to  do  so  could 
adversely affect our ability to generate revenue and control expenses.

The potential inability of our systems to accommodate an increasing volume of transactions could also constrain 
our ability to expand our businesses and potentially raise regulatory issues.  In recent years, we have substantially 
upgraded  and  expanded  the  capabilities  of  our  data  processing  systems  and  other  operating  technology,  and  we 
expect that we may need to continue to upgrade and expand these capabilities in the future to avoid disruption of, or 
constraints on, our operations, however there is no guarantee that our expansions will be sufficient to accommodate 
our needs nor that we can continue to upgrade and expand these capabilities successfully.  Additionally, there may 
be additional costs and/or cybersecurity risk associated with remote working in response to the COVID pandemic.  
To  the  extent  remote  working  continues  after  the  pandemic,  our  systems  may  require  additional  expansions  to 
accommodate a flexible work environment.

A  change  of  control  could  result  in  termination  of  our  investment  advisory  or  sub-investment  advisory 
agreements.

Pursuant  to  the  Investment  Company  Act,  each  of  the  investment  advisory  or  sub-investment  advisory 
agreements  for  the  SEC-registered  mutual  funds  that  we  advise  will  automatically  terminate  upon  their  deemed 
“assignment,” and a fund’s board and shareholders must approve a new agreement in order for us to continue to act 
as its investment adviser or sub-investment adviser. In addition, pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act, each of 
our  investment  advisory  agreements  for  the  separate  accounts  we  manage  contains  a  provision  that  states  that  the 
agreement  may  not  be  “assigned”  without  the  consent  of  the  client.  An  "assignment,"  pursuant  to  both  the 
Investment Company Act and the Investment Advisers Act, could be deemed to occur upon a sale or transfer of a 
controlling block of our voting securities. Such an assignment may be deemed to occur in the event that the holders 

15

of  the  Class  B  units  of  our  operating  company  exchange  enough  of  their  Class  B  units  for  shares  of  our  Class  A 
common stock such that they no longer own a controlling interest in us. If such a deemed assignment occurs, there 
can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain the necessary consents from clients whose assets are managed 
pursuant to separate accounts, or the necessary approvals from the boards and shareholders of the SEC-registered 
funds  that  we  sub-advise.  Such  assignment,  actual  or  constructive,  could  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  continue 
managing client accounts, resulting in the loss of AUM and a corresponding loss of revenue.

Extensive regulation of our business has been and will be expensive and time consuming, and exposes us to the 
potential for significant penalties, including fines or limitations on our ability to conduct our business.

We are subject to extensive regulation of our investment management business and operations. As a registered 
investment  adviser,  the  SEC  oversees  our  activities  pursuant  to  its  regulatory  authority  under  the  Investment 
Advisers  Act.  In  addition,  we  must  comply  with  certain  requirements  under  the  Investment  Company  Act  with 
respect  to  the  SEC-registered  funds  for  which  we  act  as  investment  adviser  or  sub-investment  adviser.    As  a 
Category I License holder in South Africa, the Financial Sector Conduct Authority has regulatory oversight over our 
practices and activities in South Africa.  Pzena Financial Services, LLC, our SEC registered broker dealer subsidiary 
is  regulated  by  the  Financial  Industry  Regulatory  Authority  ("FINRA").    Each  of  the  regulatory  bodies  with 
jurisdiction  over  us  has  the  authority  to  regulate  various  aspects  of  financial  services,  including  the  authority  to 
grant, and, in specific circumstances to cancel, permissions to carry on particular businesses. Our failure to comply 
with  applicable  laws  or  regulations  could  result  in  fines,  censure,  suspensions  of  personnel  or  other  sanctions, 
including revocation of our registration as an investment adviser. Even if a sanction imposed against us is small in 
monetary amount, the adverse publicity arising from the imposition of such sanctions by regulators could harm our 
reputation,  result  in  withdrawal  by  our  clients  and/or  impede  our  ability  to  retain  clients  and  develop  new  client 
relationships. As we continue to expand into the international market, we may also be under the regulatory scope of 
local  regulatory  authorities  and  non-compliance  with  any  of  these  authorities  may  result  in  fines,  sanctions  and 
inability to operate in that local market.

The SEC and its staff continue to engage in various initiatives and reviews that seek to improve and modernize 
the  regulatory  structure  governing  the  asset  management  industry,  and  registered  investment  companies  in 
particular.    Any  new  rules,  guidance  or  regulatory  initiatives  resulting  from  these  efforts  could  expose  us  to 
additional  compliance  and  reporting  costs  and  may  require  us  to  change  how  we  operate  our  business  or  manage 
funds.

The  United  Kingdom  (“U.K.”)  and  other  European  jurisdictions  in  which  we  operate  have  implemented  the 
Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (“MiFID”) rules into national legislation.  MiFID II, which took effect 
on  January  3,  2018,  builds  upon  many  initiatives  introduced  through  MiFID  which  primarily  focused  on  equity 
trading activity to migrate onto open and transparent markets.  MiFID II has been implemented through a number of 
more  detailed  directives,  regulations  and  standards  made  by  the  European  Commission  and  by  the  European 
Securities Markets Authority and, compliance with MiFID II may increase costs and affect the manner in which our 
businesses obtain investment research services.

The U.K. exited the E.U. effective January 31, 2020, subject to a transition period which ended December 31, 
2020, (referred to as Brexit) and while we are enacting contingency plans to continue our business post-Brexit, we 
cannot  guarantee  that  any  of  our  Brexit  contingency  plans  will  succeed,  in  whole  or  in  part.  Additionally,  our 
operating expenses may increase as we implement our Brexit contingency plans to continue our business in the U.K. 
and E.U. in the short and/or long term.

A  growing  focus  on  privacy  regulations  across  jurisdictions,  including,  the  European  Union’s  General  Data 
Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), South Africa’s Protection of Personal Information Act (“POPIA”) and in the U.S., 
federal  and  state  laws,  regulations,  and  guidance  impacting  consumer  privacy,  such  as  the  California  Consumer 
Privacy  Act  (“CCPA”),  are  increasing  costs  of  operations  and  regulatory  risks.  The  obligations  and  costs  of 
complying with privacy laws and regulations including GDPR, POPIA and CCPA may impact our financial results.  
Noncompliance with our legal obligations relating to privacy and data protection across various jurisdictions could 
result  in  penalties,  legal  proceedings  by  governmental  entities  or  affected  individuals,  and  significant  legal, 
reputational and financial exposure

16

We also face the risk of significant intervention by regulatory authorities, including extended investigation and 
surveillance  activity,  adoption  of  costly  or  restrictive  new  regulations,  and  judicial  or  administrative  proceedings 
that  may  result  in  substantial  penalties.  The  requirements  imposed  by  our  regulators  are  designed  to  ensure  the 
integrity  of  the  financial  markets  and  to  protect  customers  and  other  third  parties  who  deal  with  us,  and  are  not 
designed  to  protect  our  stockholders.  Any  regulatory  and  legislative  actions  and  reforms  affecting  the  investment 
advisory industry may negatively impact earnings by increasing our costs of operations.

Specific  regulatory  changes  also  may  have  a  direct  impact  on  the  revenue  of  our  business.  In  addition  to 
regulatory scrutiny and potential fines and sanctions, regulators continue to examine different aspects of the asset 
management industry. For example, the use of “soft dollars,” where a portion of commissions paid to broker-dealers 
in connection with the execution of trades also pays for research and other services provided to advisors, has been 
reexamined  by  different  regulatory  bodies  and  may  in  the  future  be  limited  or  modified.  Although  a  substantial 
portion of the research relied on by our business in the investment decision-making process is generated internally 
by our investment analysts, external research, including external research paid for with soft dollars, is important to 
the process. This external research generally is used for information gathering or verification purposes, and includes 
broker-provided  research,  as  well  as  third-party  provided  databases  and  research  services.  If  the  use 
of soft dollars were to be limited, we would have to bear additional costs.

We  face  risks,  and  corresponding  potential  costs  and  expenses,  associated  with  conducting  operations  and 
growing our business in numerous countries.

We offer investment management services in different regulatory jurisdictions around the world, and intend to 
continue  to  expand  our  operations  internationally.  In  order  to  remain  competitive,  we  must  be  proactive  and 
prepared  to  deploy  necessary  resources  when  and  where  growth  opportunities  present  themselves.  If  we  lack  the 
necessary resources and/or personnel, we may be unable to take full advantage of strategic opportunities when they 
appear and our strategic decisions may not be efficiently implemented. Meeting local requirements and complying 
with local industry standards may also place additional demands on sales and compliance personnel and resources 
that we may not be able to meet. Finding and hiring additional, well-qualified personnel and crafting and adopting 
policies,  procedures  and  controls  to  address  local  or  regional  requirements  remain  a  challenge  as  we  expand  our 
operations  internationally.  Moreover,  regulators  could  also  change  their  policies  or  laws  in  a  manner  that  might 
restrict or otherwise impede our ability to offer our investment products in their respective markets. Any of these 
requirements, activities, or needs could increase the costs and expenses we incur in a specific jurisdiction without 
any corresponding increase in revenue and income from operating in such jurisdiction.

Changes  in  tax  laws  or  exposure  to  additional  income  tax  liabilities  could  have  a  material  impact  on  our 
financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

We  are  subject  to  income-  as  well  as  non-income-based  taxes,  in  both  the  U.S.  and  non-U.S.  jurisdictions.  
Additional guidance or changes to tax law may be issued that may have a direct effect on our financial condition, 
results of operations and liquidity.  We are also subject to potential tax audits in various jurisdictions and in such 
event, tax authorities may disagree with certain positions we have taken and assess penalties or additional taxes. We 
regularly  assess  the  likely  outcomes  of  these  potential  audits  in  order  to  determine  the  appropriateness  of  our  tax 
provision; however, there can be no assurance that we will accurately predict the outcomes of these potential audits. 
The actual outcomes of these potential audits could have a material impact on our net income or financial condition 
and any changes in tax laws or tax rulings could materially impact our effective tax rate and earnings.

We are exposed to legal risks which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results 
of operations or cause significant reputational harm to us. Additionally, litigation may result in higher insurance 
premiums and increased insurance coverage risks which could increase our costs and reduce our profitability.

We  depend  to  a  large  extent  on  our  relationships  with  our  clients  and  our  reputation  for  integrity  and  high-
caliber professional services to attract and retain clients. As a result, dissatisfaction with our services could be more 
damaging to our business than to other types of businesses. If our clients suffer significant losses, or are otherwise 
dissatisfied  with  our  services,  such  as  for  breach  of  trading  guidelines  and/or  perceived  conflicts  of  interest,  we 
could be subject to the risk of legal liabilities or actions alleging negligent misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty, or 
breach  of  contract.  These  risks  are  often  difficult  to  assess  or  quantify  and  their  existence  and  magnitude  often 
remain unknown for substantial periods of time.

17

While we strive to conduct our business in accordance with the highest ethical standards, we are always open to 
the risk of litigation by parties in addition to our clients, for instance by our shareholders, employees and regulators. 
We  may  incur  significant  legal  expenses  in  defending  against  litigation.  Substantial  legal  liability  or  significant 
regulatory  action  against  us  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  or  results  of 
operations, or cause significant reputational harm to us.

Potential  regulatory  and  governmental  inquiries,  civil  litigation  or  employment-related  claims  could  involve 
substantial financial penalties. Certain insurance coverage may not be available or may be prohibitively expensive in 
future  periods.  As  our  insurance  policies  come  up  for  renewal,  we  may  need  to  assume  higher  deductibles  or  co-
insurance liabilities, or pay higher premiums, which could increase our expenses and could have a material adverse 
effect on our results of operations.

Inadequate  business  continuity  plans,  including  those  of  our  significant  third-party  vendors,  could  lead  to 
material financial loss, reputational harm and inability to continue business.

We  rely  heavily  on  our  financial,  accounting,  trading,  compliance  and  other  data  processing  systems.  Any 
failure or interruption of these systems, whether caused by natural disaster, power or telecommunications failure, act 
of  terrorism  or  war  or  otherwise,  could  result  in  a  disruption  of  our  business,  liability  to  clients,  regulatory 
intervention or reputational damage, and thus materially adversely affect our business. The back-up systems that we 
have  in  place  and  other  protective  measures  that  we  have  taken  may  not  be  adequate  in  the  event  of  a  failure  or 
interruption.

We depend on our headquarters in New York City for the continued operation of our business. A disaster or a 
disruption in the infrastructure that supports our business, or directly affecting our headquarters, may have a material 
adverse impact on our ability to continue to operate our business without interruption.

We have a detailed business continuity plan in place that is tested on a quarterly basis. We strive to understand 
the protective measures of our third-party vendors, however there can be no assurance that these measures will be 
sufficient to mitigate the harm that may result from such a disaster or disruption.

Any  significant  security  breach  of  our  software  applications,  technology  or  other  systems  critical  to  our 
operations, may disrupt our business or cause us to lose sensitive and confidential information which in turn may 
cause reputational and financial harm.

We  are  dependent  on  the  effectiveness  of  our,  and  our  third-party  vendors',  information  and  cyber  security 
infrastructure, policies, procedures and capabilities to protect our computer and telecommunications systems and the 
data  that  resides  in  or  is  transmitted  through  them.  As  part  of  our  normal  operations,  we  maintain  and  transmit 
confidential information about our clients as well as proprietary information relating to our business operations. We 
maintain a system of internal controls designed to provide reasonable assurance that fraudulent activity, including 
misappropriation of assets, fraudulent financial reporting, and unauthorized access to sensitive or confidential data is 
either prevented or detected in a timely manner. We are continuously working to install new, and upgrade existing, 
information  technology  systems  and  provide  employee  awareness  training  around  phishing,  malware,  and  other 
cyber risks to ensure that we are protected, to the greatest extent possible, against cyber risks and security breaches.

We  also  strive  to  understand  the  protective  measures  of  our  third-party  vendors  and  ensure  that  we  have 
complementary  user  controls  in  place  to  mitigate  risk,  however  our  information  technology  systems  may  still  be 
vulnerable  to  unauthorized  access  or  may  be  corrupted  by  cyber-attacks,  computer  viruses  or  other  malicious 
software  code,  or  authorized  persons  could  inadvertently  or  intentionally  release  confidential  or  proprietary 
information. This may be especially true to the extent remote work continues after the pandemic and our employees, 
as well as those of our third-party vendors’, may begin or continue to work remotely.  Although we take precautions 
to password protect and/or encrypt our electronic hardware, if such hardware is stolen, misplaced or left unattended, 
it  may  become  vulnerable  to  hacking  or  other  unauthorized  use,  creating  a  possible  security  risk  and  resulting  in 
potentially  costly  consequences  to  us.  A  breach  of  our  technology  systems  could  result  in  the  loss  of  valuable 
information,  liability  for  stolen  assets  or  information,  remediation  costs  to  repair  damage  caused  by  the  breach, 
additional security costs to mitigate against future incidents and legal costs resulting from the incident. Moreover, 
loss  of  confidential  customer  information  could  harm  our  reputation,  result  in  the  termination  of  contracts  by  our 
existing customers and subject us to liability under laws that protect confidential data, resulting in loss of revenue.

18

Operational risk, such as trade errors or system limitations or failures, may create significant financial impact to 
us, hamper future growth and cause potential reputational harm.

We face potential operational risk from our management of client assets and daily business. Risks include errors 
that  may  occur  during  the  execution,  confirmation  or  settlement  phase  of  transactions  and  such  errors  may  cause 
material financial loss, which in turn may cause material financial and reputational harm to us.  We also face the 
potential of inaccurate recording of transactions in our internal systems, caused by human error, system limitations 
or  system  malfunctions.    Such  errors  may  involve  client  and  public  reporting,  execution,  confirmation  and 
settlement  of  trades,  and  billing.  The  potential  for  operational  risk  could  have  significant  regulatory,  financial  or 
reputational impact.  There can be no assurance that all risks and errors can be prevented.

Risks Related to Our Investment Strategy Process and Performance Risk

Our classic value investment style subjects us to the risk that the companies in which we invest may not achieve 
the level of earnings recovery that we initially expect, or at all.

We  generally  invest  in  companies  after  they  have  experienced,  or  are  expected  by  the  market  to  soon 
experience,  a  shortfall  in  their  historic  earnings,  due  to  an  adverse  business  development,  management  error, 
accounting  scandal  or  other  disruption,  and  before  there  is  clear  evidence  of  earnings  recovery  or  business 
momentum. While investors are generally less willing to invest when companies lack earnings visibility, our classic 
value  investment  approach  seeks  to  capture  the  return  that  can  be  obtained  by  investing  in  a  company  before  the 
market has confidence in its ability to achieve earnings recovery. However, our investment approach entails the risk 
that the companies included in our portfolios are not able to execute as we had expected when we originally invested 
in  them,  thereby  reducing  the  performance  of  our  strategies.  Since  our  positions  in  these  investments  are  often 
substantial, even partial sales of a substantial position into the market may cause the market price of our investment 
to decline and there is the risk that we may be unable to find willing purchasers for our investments when we decide 
to sell them.

Since we apply the same investment process across all of our investment strategies, utilizing one analyst team, 
and  given  the  overlapping  universes  of  many  of  our  investment  strategies,  we  could  have  common  positions  and 
industry or sector concentrations across many of our investment strategies at the same time. As such, factors leading 
one of our investment strategies to underperform may lead other strategies to underperform simultaneously.

Our global and non-U.S. strategies may consist of investments in the securities of issuers located outside of the 
United  States,  which  may  involve  foreign  currency  exchange,  political,  social  and  economic  uncertainties  and 
risks.

Our global and non-U.S. strategies, which together represented $28.5 billion and $24.5 billion of our AUM as 
of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, are primarily invested in securities of companies located outside the 
United  States.    As  of  December 31,  2020,  approximately 49% of  our  assets  under  management  were  invested  in 
securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.  Investments in non-U.S. issuers may be affected by 
political, social and economic uncertainty affecting a country or region in which we are invested.  Many emerging 
financial markets are not as developed, or as efficient, as the U.S. financial market, and, as a result, liquidity may be 
reduced  and  price  volatility  may  increase.  The  legal  and  regulatory  environments,  including  financial  accounting 
standards  and  practices,  may  also  be  different,  and  there  may  be  less  publicly  available  information  in  respect  of 
such companies. These risks could adversely impact the performance of our strategies that are invested in securities 
of  non-U.S.  issuers. In  addition,  fluctuations  in  foreign currency exchange rates  may  affect  investment  return and 
AUM since we do not engage in currency hedging for these portfolios. Due to these factors, our AUM may fluctuate 
from one reporting period to another, causing volatility in earnings.

Our investment approach may underperform other investment approaches during certain market conditions.

Our products are best suited for investors with long-term investment horizons. In accordance with our classic 
value investment approach, we typically hold securities for an average of three to five years. Our strategies may not 
perform  well  during  points  in  the  economic  cycle  when  value-oriented  stocks  are  relatively  less  attractive.  For 
instance, during the late stages of an economic cycle, investors may purchase relatively expensive stocks in order to 

19

obtain  access  to  above  average  growth.  Value-oriented  strategies  may  also  experience  weakness  during  periods 
when the markets are focused on one investment thesis or sector.

Even  when  securities  prices  are  rising  generally,  portfolio  performance  can  be  affected  by  our  investment 
approach. The classic value approach has outperformed the market in some economic and market environments and 
underperformed it in others. In particular, a prolonged period in which the growth-style of investing outperforms the 
value-style  may  cause  our  investment  strategy  to  go  out  of  favor  with  clients,  consultants  and  sub-advised 
relationships.  Our  investment  strategy  may  be  less  favored  during  certain  time  periods  for  other  reasons  as  well, 
including due to perceived riskiness or volatility of our approach. Poor performance relative to peers, coupled with 
changes  in  personnel,  extensive  periods  in  particular  market  environments,  or  other  difficulties  may  result  in  a 
decline in our AUM.

A  portion  of  our  investment  advisory  revenue  is  also  derived  from  performance  fees.  We  generally  earn 
performance  fees  under  certain  client  agreements  according  to  the  performance  relative  to  an  agreed-upon 
benchmark.  This  fee  structure  results  in  a  lower  base  fee  but  allows  for  us  to  earn  higher  fees  if  the  investment 
strategy  outperforms  the  benchmark.  Some  performance-based  fee  arrangements  include  high-water  mark 
provisions, which generally provide that if a client account underperforms relative to its performance target, it must 
gain  back  such  underperformance  before  we  can  collect  future  performance-based  fees.  Therefore,  if  we  fail  to 
achieve the performance target for a particular period, we may not earn a performance fee for that period and for 
accounts  with  a  high-water  mark  provision,  our  ability  to  earn  future  performance  fees  may  be  impaired.  During 
fiscal year 2020, we earned $1.1 million in performance fees. During fiscal year 2019, we earned no performance 
fees.    An  increase  in  performance-based  fee  arrangements  with  clients  could  create  greater  fluctuations  in  our 
revenue and earnings.

In addition, certain accounts related to one retail client relationship have fulcrum fee arrangements. These fee 
arrangements require a reduction in the base fee or allow for an increase in the base fee if the relevant investment 
strategy  underperforms  or  outperforms,  respectively,  the  agreed-upon  benchmark  over  the  contract's  measurement 
period, which extends to three years. During the fiscal years 2020 and 2019, we recognized a net reduction in base 
fees  in  the  amounts  of  $4.0  million  and  $0.8  million,  respectively,  related  to  fulcrum  fee  arrangements.    To  the 
extent  the  three-year  performance  records  of  these  accounts  fluctuate  relative  to  their  relevant  benchmarks,  the 
amount of base fees recognized may vary.

Our investment process requires us to conduct extensive fundamental research on any company before investing, 
which may result in missed investment opportunities and reduce the performance of our investment strategies.

We take a considerable amount of time to complete the in-depth research projects that our investment process 
requires before adding any security to our portfolio. Our process requires that we take this time to understand the 
company  and  the  business  well  enough  to  make  an  informed  decision  as  to  whether  we  are  willing  to  own  a 
significant position in a company that does not yet have clear earnings visibility. However, the time we take to make 
this  judgment  may  cause  us  to  miss  the  opportunity  to  invest  in  a  company  that  has  a  sharp  and  rapid  earnings 
recovery.  Any  such  missed  investment  opportunities  could  adversely  impact  the  performance  of  our  investment 
strategies.

Our  investment  strategies  subject  us  to  the  risks  that  the  companies  in  which  we  invest  may  be  exposed  to 
catastrophic  events,  including  natural  disasters,  pandemics  (e.g.,  COVID)  and  other  international  health 
emergencies, weather-related events, terrorist attacks and other disruptions.

We  invest  in  companies  globally  that  may  encounter  disruptions  involving  power,  communications, 
transportation,  travel  or  other  utilities  or  essential  services  on  which  they  depend  to  conduct  business.  This  could 
include disruptions as the result of natural disasters, pandemics, other international health emergencies, or weather-
related  or  similar  events  (such  as  fires,  hurricanes,  earthquakes,  floods,  landslides  and  other  natural  conditions 
including  the  effects  of  climate  change),  political  instability,  labor  strikes  or  turmoil,  or  terrorist  attacks.  In 
particular, the COVID-19 pandemic has caused disruption in financial markets across the world with governments 
enacting  quarantines,  restrictions  on  travel  and  other  measures  affecting  supply  chains  and  general  economic 
activity.    This  disruption  led  to  a  decline  in  our  assets  under  management  in  the  middle  of  2020  as  a  result  of  a 
decline in the performance of many of the companies in which we invest and weak market conditions.  While the 
financial markets and our assets under management have generally recovered, the effects of the COVID pandemic 
on  the  companies  in  which  we  invest  continues  to  be  uncertain  and  depend  on  future  developments  that  remain 
unpredictable. Successive waves or mutations or variants of the virus may lead to an acceleration of the spread or 

20

worsening of the severity of thereof. The effectiveness of measures to combat the virus, including the development, 
production and distribution of vaccines and the public acceptance thereof remains uncertain. In recent years, several 
parts  of  the  U.S.  have  sustained  significant  damage  from  natural  disasters  such  as  hurricanes,  wildfires  and/or 
landslides.   Additionally,  Australia  sustained  significant  damage  from  wildfires  in  recent  years.  Although  we 
continue  to  assess  the  potential  impact  of  such  events  on  the  companies  in  which  we  invest,  there  can  be  no 
assurance that these events may not adversely affect our investment and may lead one or more of our investment 
strategies to underperform. Such disruptions may affect our investment process by limiting our ability to complete 
our fundamental research in a timely manner.

Risks Related to Our Structure

We  are  dependent  upon  distributions  from  Pzena  Investment  Management,  LLC  to  make  distributions  to  our 
Class A stockholders, and to pay taxes and other expenses.

We are a holding company and have no material assets other than our ownership of membership units of our 
operating company. We have no independent means of generating revenue and cash flow. Our operating company is 
treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, is not itself subject to U.S. federal income 
tax.  Instead,  its  taxable  income  is  allocated  to  its  members,  including  us,  pro-rata  according  to  the  number  of 
membership  units  each  member  owns.  Accordingly,  we  incur  income  taxes  on  our  proportionate  share  of  any 
taxable income of our operating company. We also incur expenses related to our operations. We intend to have our 
operating  company  distribute  cash  to  its  members  in  an  amount  at  least  equal  to  that  necessary  to  cover  their  tax 
liabilities, if any, with respect to the earnings of our operating company. To the extent we need funds to pay our tax 
or other liabilities or to fund our operations, and our operating company is restricted from making distributions to us 
under applicable laws or regulations, or contractual restrictions, or does not have sufficient earnings to make these 
distributions, we may have to borrow funds to meet these obligations and run our business and, thus, our liquidity 
and  financial  condition  could  be  materially  adversely  affected.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  funds  will  be 
available to borrow under such circumstances on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

We are required to pay most of the tax benefit of any amortization deductions we may claim as a result of the tax 
basis step up we receive in connection with the sales of membership units and any exchanges of Class B units 
and this tax treatment could be challenged by tax authorities.

As  part  of  the  reorganization  we  implemented  with  our  initial  public  offering  ("IPO"),  we  purchased 
membership units of our operating company from three of its members (the "Selling Members"). In addition, holders 
of Class B units may, at least once each year, exchange their Class B units of our operating company for shares of 
our Class A common stock. These purchases and subsequent exchanges have resulted, and are expected to continue 
to result, in increases in our share of the tax basis in the tangible and intangible assets of our operating company that 
otherwise would not have been available. These increases in tax basis have reduced, and are expected to continue to 
reduce, the amount of tax that we would otherwise be required to pay in the future, although the Internal Revenue 
Service ("IRS") might challenge all or part of this tax basis increase, and a court might sustain such a challenge.

Pursuant to a tax receivable agreement dated October 30, 2007, among us, the Selling Members, and all holders 
of Class B units after our IPO, we are required to pay the Selling Members, and certain holders of Class B units who 
elect  to  exchange  their  Class  B  units  for  shares  of  our  Class  A  common  stock,  85%  of  the  amount  of  the  cash 
savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax that we realize as a result of the increases in amortizable 
tax basis due to the sale to us of their membership units. The actual increase in tax bases, as well as the amount and 
timing of any payments under this agreement, may vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of 
exchanges, the price of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange, the extent to which such exchanges 
are taxable, the amount and timing of our income, and the tax rates and related laws then applicable. Payments under 
the  tax  receivable  agreement  are  expected  to  give  rise  to  certain  additional  tax  benefits  attributable  to  further 
increases in basis. Any such benefits are covered by the tax receivable agreement and may increase the amounts due 
thereunder.  We  expect  that,  as  a  result  of  the  size  and  increases  in  our  share  of  the  tax  basis  in  the  tangible  and 
intangible assets of our operating company attributable to our interest therein, the payments that we may make to 
these members likely may be substantial.

If we exercise our right to terminate the tax receivable agreement early, we may be obligated to make an early 
termination  payment  to  the  selling  and  converting  shareholders,  based  upon  the  net  present  value  of  all  payments 
that  would  be  required  to  be  paid  by  us.  If  certain  change  of  control  events  were  to  occur,  we  would  also  be 
obligated to make an early termination payment.

21

Were the IRS to successfully challenge the tax bases increases described above, we would not be reimbursed for 
any payments made under the tax receivable agreement. As a result, in certain circumstances, we could be required 
to make payments under the tax receivable agreement in excess of our cash tax savings.

Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock

The market price and trading volume of our Class A common stock may be volatile, which could result in rapid 
and substantial losses for our stockholders.

The market price of our Class A common stock has been, and may continue to be, highly volatile and subject to 
wide fluctuations. In addition, the trading volume of our Class A common stock may fluctuate and cause significant 
price variations to occur. Such variations may occur for a variety of reasons, which may be unrelated to the value of 
our business, including volatility resulting from broader macroeconomic and geopolitical conditions, as well as the 
impacts of market manipulation or irrational price activity resulting from a high volume of short-term trading. If the 
market price of our Class A common stock declines significantly, you may be unable to resell your shares of our 
Class A common stock at or above your purchase price, if at all. We cannot assure you that the market price of our 
Class A common stock may not fluctuate or decline significantly in the future.

The market price of our Class A common stock could decline due to the large number of shares of our Class A 
common stock eligible for future sale upon the exchange of Class B units of our operating company or future 
issuance of shares of Class A common stock.

Pursuant to the operating agreement of our operating company, on at least one date designated by us each year, 
certain holders of Class B units generally may exchange up to 15% of certain of their Class B units for an equivalent 
number  of  shares  of  our  Class  A  common  stock,  subject  to  certain  restrictions  and  conditions  set  forth  in  the 
operating  agreement.  Pursuant  to  the  operating  agreement  of  our  operating  company,  no  later  than  the  second 
exchange date after holders of our Class B-1 units cease to be employed by us, such Class B-1 holders are required 
to exchange all of their Class B-1 units for a number of shares of our Class A common stock that will be determined 
based on the market value of our Class A common stock at the time of the grant of the Class B-1 units and at the 
time of the exchange. Also, since 2011, the non-employee members of our operating company may exchange all of 
their vested Class B units, in accordance with the timing restrictions set forth in the operating agreement.

Pursuant to the resale and registration rights agreement, dated October 30, 2007, among the holders of Class B 
units and us, these holders may resell the shares of Class A common stock issued to them upon the exchange of their 
Class B units as discussed above.

22

During  2020,  we  established  December  22,  2020  as  an  exchange  date.  Certain  employee  members,  non-
employee members and permitted transferees, elected to exchange an aggregate of 494,316 of their Class B units for 
an equivalent number of shares of our Class A common stock, which are freely tradable.  As of December 31, 2020, 
there  remained  54,361,780  shares  of  our  Class  A  common  stock  that  have  previously  been  registered  in  various 
registration statements filed with the SEC, which may be issued upon the exchange of currently outstanding Class B 
units as discussed above.  An additional 6,748,521 shares of Class A common stock are registered relating to Class 
B  units  that  have  not  been  issued.  There  are  also  shares  of  our  Class  A  common  stock  registered  in  various 
registration  statements  filed  with  the  SEC,  which  may  be  issued  upon  the  exchange  of  5,775,952  currently 
outstanding Class B-1 units as discussed above.  The number of such shares of our Class A common stock issuable 
upon exchange of currently outstanding Class B-1 units will depend on the market value of our Class A common 
stock at issuance of the relevant Class B-1 units and at the time of any such future exchange.

Anti-takeover provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws could discourage a 
change  of  control  that  our  stockholders  may  favor,  which  could  also  adversely  affect  the  market  price  of  our 
Class A common stock.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws may make it more difficult and 
expensive  for  a  third  party  to  acquire  control  of  us,  even  if  a  change  of  control  would  be  beneficial  to  our 
stockholders. For example, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our Board of Directors 
to  issue  up  to  200,000,000  shares  of  our  preferred  stock  and  to  designate  the  rights,  preferences,  privileges  and 
restrictions of unissued series of our preferred stock, each without any vote or action by our stockholders. We could 
issue a series of preferred stock to impede the consummation of a merger, tender offer or other takeover attempt. 
The  anti-takeover  provisions  in  our  amended  and  restated  certificate  of  incorporation  and  bylaws  may  impede 
takeover attempts, or other transactions, that may be in the best interests of our stockholders and, in particular, our 
Class A stockholders. In addition, the market price of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected to the 
extent  that  provisions  of  our  amended  and  restated  certificate  of  incorporation  and  bylaws  discourage  potential 
takeover attempts, or other transactions, that our stockholders may favor.

The disparity in the voting rights among the classes of our common stock may have a potential adverse effect on 
the price of our Class A common stock and may give rise to conflicts of interest.

As  of  December  31,  2020,  our  Class  B  stockholders  collectively  hold  approximately  94%  of  the  combined 
voting power of our common stock. These stockholders consist of our founders, 48 of our other employees (directly 
or through their interests in Pzena Investment Management, LP), the estate planning vehicles of our founders and 
certain of our other employees, certain other members of our operating company, including one of our directors and 
his related entities, and former employees (directly or through their interests in Pzena Investment Management, LP). 
Holders of shares of our Class B common stock have entered into a Class B Stockholders’ Agreement with respect 
to all shares of Class B common stock then held by them and any additional shares of Class B common stock they 
may acquire in the future. Pursuant to this agreement, they may vote these shares of Class B common stock together 
on all matters submitted to a vote of our common stockholders. To the extent that we cause our operating company 
to issue additional Class B units, which may be granted, subject to vesting, to our employees pursuant to the PIM 
LLC 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, these employees will be entitled to receive an equivalent number of shares of our 
Class B common stock, subject to the condition that they agree to enter into this Class B Stockholders’ Agreement. 
Each  share  of  our  Class  B  common  stock  entitles  its  holder  to  five  votes  per  share  for  so  long  as  the  Class  B 
stockholders collectively hold 20% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding. When a Class B 
unit  is  exchanged  for  a  share  of  our  Class  A  common  stock,  an  unvested  Class  B  unit  is  forfeited  due  to  the 
employee holder’s failure to satisfy the conditions of the award agreement pursuant to which it was granted, or any 
Class B unit is forfeited as a result of a breach of any restrictive covenants contained in our operating company’s 
amended and restated operating agreement, a corresponding share of our Class B common stock will automatically 
be redeemed by us.

23

For so long as our Class B stockholders hold at least 20% of the total number of shares of our common stock 
outstanding,  they  will  be  able  to  elect  all  of  the  members  of  our  Board  of  Directors  and  thereby  control  our 
management and affairs, including determinations with respect to acquisitions, dispositions, borrowings, issuances 
of securities, and the declaration and payment of dividends. In addition, they will be able to determine the outcome 
of  all  matters  requiring  approval  of  stockholders,  and  will  be  able  to  cause  or  prevent  a  change  of  control  of  our 
Company or a change in the composition of our Board of Directors, and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition 
of our Company. Our Class B stockholders have the ability to prevent the consummation of mergers, takeovers or 
other transactions that may be in the best interests of our Class A stockholders. In particular, this concentration of 
voting power could deprive Class A stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their shares of Class A 
common stock as part of a sale of our company, and could ultimately affect the market price of our Class A common 
stock.

Each  share  of  our  Class  A  common  stock  entitles  its  holder  to  one  vote  on  all  matters  to  be  voted  on  by 
stockholders. This difference in voting rights could adversely affect the value of our Class A common stock to the 
extent that investors view, or any potential future purchaser of our company views, the superior voting rights of the 
Class B common stock to have more value.

Our  ability  to  pay  dividends  is  subject  to  the  discretion  of  our  Board  of  Directors  and  may  be  limited  by  our 
holding company structure and applicable provisions of Delaware law.

We currently intend to pay cash dividends on a quarterly basis and our Board of Directors has targeted a cash 
dividend  payout  ratio  of  approximately  60%  to  70%  of  annual  as  adjusted  earnings  per  share,  subject  to  growth 
initiatives  and  other  funding  needs.  However,  our  Board  of  Directors  may,  in  its  discretion,  modify  the  level  of 
dividends, or discontinue the payment of dividends entirely. Furthermore, we are a holding company, and depend 
upon  the  ability  of  Pzena  Investment  Management,  LLC,  our  operating  company,  to  generate  earnings  and  cash 
flows  and  distribute  them  to  us  so  that  we  may  pay  our  obligations  and  expenses  and  pay  dividends  to  our 
stockholders.  We  expect  to  cause  Pzena  Investment  Management,  LLC  to  make  distributions  to  its  members, 
including us. However, the ability of Pzena Investment Management, LLC to make such distributions is subject to 
its operating results, cash requirements and financial condition, and applicable Delaware laws (which may limit the 
amount  of  funds  available  for  distribution  to  its  members),  as  well  as  any  contractual  restrictions.  If,  as  a 
consequence  of  these  various  limitations  and  restrictions,  we  do  not  receive  distributions  from  our  operating 
company, we may not be able to make, or may have to reduce or eliminate, the payment of dividends on our Class A 
common  stock.  Because  of  these  various  limitations  and  restrictions,  we  have,  in  the  past,  had  to  suspend  our 
quarterly dividend payment. See “Item 5 — Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters 
and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities — Our Dividend Policy.”

The dual class structure of our common stock may adversely affect the trading market for our Class A common 
stock.

S&P Dow Jones and FTSE Russell have announced changes to their eligibility criteria for inclusion of shares of 
public companies on certain indices, namely, to exclude companies with multiple classes of shares of common stock 
from being added to such indices. In addition, several shareholder advisory firms have announced their opposition to 
the  use  of  multiple  class  structures.  As  a  result,  the  dual  class  structure  of  our  common  stock  may  prevent  the 
inclusion  of  our  Class A  common  stock  in  such  indices  and  may  cause  shareholder  advisory  firms  to  publish 
negative commentary about our corporate governance practices. Any such exclusion from indices could result in a 
less active trading market for our Class A common stock. Any actions or publications by shareholder advisory firms 
critical of our corporate governance practices or capital structure could also adversely affect the value of our Class A 
common stock.

General Risks

Insurance coverage may not protect us from all of the liabilities that could arise from the risks inherent in our 
business.

We  maintain  insurance  coverage  focused  on  reducing  potential  losses  related  to  our  operations.  We  purchase 
insurance in amounts, and against risks, that we consider appropriate. There can be no assurance, however, that a 
claim  or  claims  will  be  completely  covered  by  insurance  or,  if  covered  at  all,  will  not  exceed  the  limits  of  our 

24

existing  insurance  coverage.  If  a  loss  occurs  that  is  partially  or  completely  uninsured,  we  may  be  exposed  to 
substantial  liability.  Insurance  costs  are  impacted  by  market  conditions  and  our  risk  profile,  and  may  increase 
significantly  over  relatively  short  periods.  Renewals  of  insurance  policies  may  result  in  additional  costs  through 
higher premiums or the assumption of higher deductibles or co-insurance liability. In addition, insurance and other 
safeguards might only partially reimburse us for our losses in the event our business continuity plan fails and our 
operations are significantly disrupted.

Our  ability  to  conduct  our  business  may  be  materially  adversely  impacted  by  catastrophic  events,  including 
natural  disasters,  pandemics  (including  COVID)  and  other  international  health  emergencies,  weather-related 
events, terrorist attacks, and other disruptions. 

We  may  encounter  disruptions  involving  power,  communications,  transportation,  travel  or  other  utilities  or 
essential  services  depended  on  by  us  or  by  third  parties  with  whom  we  conduct  business.  This  could  include 
disruptions as the result of natural disasters, pandemics, other international health emergencies, or weather-related or 
similar events (such as fires, hurricanes, earthquakes, floods, landslides and other natural conditions including the 
effects of climate change), political instability, labor strikes or turmoil, or terrorist attacks. In 2020, we, along with 
the rest of the world had to adapt our business in response to the COVID pandemic. In recent years, several parts of 
the  U.S.  also  sustained  significant  damage  from  natural  disasters  such  as  hurricanes,  wildfires  and/or 
landslides.   Additionally,  Australia  sustained  significant  damage  from  wildfires  in  recent  years.  Similar  potential 
disruptions  may  occur  in  any  of  the  locations  in  which  we  or  our  clients  do  business.  We  continue  to  assess  the 
potential impact on our investments and clients of such events, and what impact, if any, these events could have on 
our businesses, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. While we have in place business continuity 
plans that address potential impacts of the COVID pandemic to our personnel and our facilities, and technologies 
that  enable  our  personnel  to  work  remotely,  there  is  no  guarantee  that  or  plans  will  continue  to  be  effective  or 
appropriate. While our employees have to date been able to work remotely, operational challenges may arise in the 
future, which may reduce our organizational efficiency or effectiveness, and increase operational, compliance and 
cybersecurity  risks.  In  addition,  because  most  of  our  employees  have  not  previously  worked  remotely  for  an 
extended  period  of  time,  we  are  unsure  of  the  impact  that  the  remote  work  environment  and  lack  of  in-person 
meetings with colleagues, clients and the companies we invest in will have on the growth of our business and the 
results of our operations.

The individuals, counterparties or issuers on whom we rely to perform services for us may be unable or unwilling 
to honor their contractual obligations to us.

We  rely  on  various  third  parties  and  other  vendors  to  fulfill  their  obligations  to  us,  whether  specified  by 
contract, course of dealing or otherwise.  Disruptions in the financial markets and other economic challenges may 
cause  our  counterparties  and  other  vendors  to  experience  significant  cash  flow  problems  or  even  render  them 
insolvent, which may expose us to credit, operational or other risk.

Increases in our expenses could lead to a decline in our profit margin and increase the volatility of our earnings.

Our expenses are subject to increase based on a variety of factors such as higher operating expenses resulting 
from business expansion, product development and increased marketing efforts; higher compensation expense due 
to  increased  competition  for  talent,  headcount  and  seniority  level;  and  related  expenses  to  meet  business  and 
regulatory needs.  Some or all of these expenses may remain at higher levels for the foreseeable future, leading to 
higher costs for our business.  Fluctuations in expenses could impact our profit margins and contribute to earnings 
volatility.

Certain  changes  in  accounting  and/or  financial  reporting  standards  issued  by  the  Financial  Accounting 
Standards  Board  (“FASB”),  the  SEC  or  other  standard-setting  bodies  could  have  a  material  impact  on  our 
reported financial position or results of our operations.

We are subject to the application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America 
(“U.S. GAAP”), which are periodically revised and/or expanded. As such, we are required to adopt new or revised 
accounting and/or financial reporting standards issued by recognized accounting standard setters or regulators, such 
as the FASB and the SEC.  Changes associated with the adoption of revised financial reporting standards could have 
a material impact on our reported financial position or results of our operations.

25

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

As of the date of this Annual Report, our corporate headquarters and principal offices are located at 320 Park 
Avenue,  8th  Floor,  New  York,  New  York  10022.  We  occupy  approximately  45,050  square  feet  of  space  under  a 
non-cancellable operating lease, the term of which expires on December 31, 2025. 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In the normal course of business, we may be subject to various legal and administrative proceedings.

Currently, there are no material legal proceedings pending against us that we believe may have a material effect 

on our business, cash flow or results of operations.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not Applicable.

26

PART II.

ITEM 5. MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER 

MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our  Class  A  common  stock  is  listed  for  trading  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  (the  “NYSE”)  under  the 
symbol “PZN.” As of March 9, 2021, there were approximately 33 record holders of our Class A common stock and 
34 record holders of our Class B common stock. These numbers do not include shareholders who hold their shares 
through one or more intermediaries, such as banks, brokers or depositories.

Our Dividend Policy

Our  Board  of  Directors  has  targeted  a  cash  dividend  payout  ratio  of  approximately  60%  to  70%  of  our  as 
adjusted diluted net income, subject to growth initiatives and other funding needs. However, our Board of Directors 
may, in its discretion, modify the level of dividends, or discontinue the payment of dividends entirely.

We  use  annual  non-GAAP  as  adjusted  earnings  measures,  discussed  in  further  detail  in  “Item  7 —
 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Net Income” in Part II 
of this Annual Report, to assess the strength of the underlying operations of the business.  Included in our annual 
results  are  certain  tax  related  and  non-recurring  adjustments  that  we  feel  add  a  measure  of  non-operational 
complexity  to  our  results  as  reported  under  GAAP  and  obscure  the  underlying  performance  of  the  business.  
Management  therefore  does  not  consider  these  adjustments  when  evaluating  operating  results  or  financial 
information in any given period, and instead uses as adjusted measures of earnings, which exclude these items, to 
analyze  our  operations  between  periods,  and  over  time,  and  to  evaluate  the  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations.  Investors should consider the as adjusted measures in addition to, and not as a substitute for, financial 
measures  prepared  in  accordance  with  GAAP.  The  adjusted  measures  that  we  present  are  not  determined  in 
accordance with GAAP. We have made adjustments that we have determined are appropriate, but such adjustments 
may  differ  from  the  adjustments  made  by  other  companies  using  similarly  titled  measures.  Accordingly,  such 
measures may not be comparable to the similarly titled measures presented by other companies.

As  a  holding  company,  we  have  no  material  assets  other  than  our  ownership  of  membership  interests  in  our 
operating company.  As a result, we depend upon distributions from our operating company to pay any dividends 
that our Board of Directors may declare to be paid to our Class A common stockholders, if any.  When and if our 
Board of Directors declares any such dividends, we then cause our operating company to make distributions to us in 
an  amount  sufficient  to  cover  the  dividends  declared.    We  may  not  pay  dividends  to  our  Class  A  common 
stockholders in amounts that have been paid to them in the past, or at all, if, among other things, we do not have the 
cash necessary to pay our intended dividends, or any of our financing facilities or other agreements restrict us from 
doing so.  To the extent we do not have cash on hand sufficient to pay dividends in the future, we may decide not to 
pay dividends.

Our  ability  to  pay  dividends  is  subject  to  Board  of  Director  discretion  and  may  be  limited  by  our  holding 
company structure and applicable provisions of Delaware law.  See “Item 1A — Risk Factors — Risks Related to 
Our Class A Common Stock — Our ability to pay dividends is subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors 
and may be limited by our holding company structure and applicable provisions of Delaware law.”

27

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

On  April  24,  2012,  our  Board  of  Directors  authorized  us  to  repurchase  an  aggregate  of  $10.0  million  of  our 
outstanding  Class  A  common  stock  in  the  open  market  and  Class  B  units  of  the  operating  company  in  private 
transactions in accordance with applicable securities laws.  On February 5, 2014, the Board of Directors authorized 
us  to  repurchase  an  additional  $20.0  million  of  our  outstanding  Class  A  common  stock  and  Class  B  units  of  the 
operating company.  On April 19, 2018, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved an additional 
increase of $30.0 million in the aggregate amount authorized under the program.  The timing, number, and value of 
common shares and units repurchased are subject to our discretion.  Our share repurchase program is not subject to 
an  expiration  date  and  may  be  suspended,  discontinued,  or  modified  at  any  time,  or  for  any  reason.    Shares 
repurchased under the repurchase program during the fourth quarter of 2020 are as follows:

Period

October 1, 2020 through October 31, 2020
November 1, 2020 through November 30, 
2020
December 1, 2020 through December 31, 
2020
Total

(a) Total Number of
Shares of Class A
Common

Stock Purchased   

(b) Average
Price Paid per
Share of Class A
Common
Stock

(c) Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs

(d) Approximate
Dollar Value of
Shares that May Yet
Be Purchased Under
the Plans or
Programs(1)
(in millions)

15,127  $

4,401   

—   
19,528  $

5.21   

5.39   

—   
5.25   

15,127  $

4,401   

—   
19,528  $

10.6 

10.6 

10.5 
10.5  

(1) The dollar amount in the column entitled "Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs," 
reflects the remainder of the program and also reflects the repurchase of 12,374 of the operating company's Class B units during December 
2020 for an average price of $6.05 per unit.  Class B units are repurchased at fair value determined by reference to our Class A common 
stock on the date of the transaction since Class B units are exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis and 
adjusted for the impact of award terms on the value of the award.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

See  Part  III,  Item  12  –  Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management  and  Related 
Stockholder Matters in this annual report for disclosure relating to our equity compensation plans. The information 
required to be reported in such item will be included in the Company’s 2021 Proxy Statement and is incorporated by 
reference herein.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth selected historical consolidated financial data of Pzena Investment Management, 
Inc. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and 
the  selected  consolidated  statements  of  financial  condition  data  as  of  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  have  been 
derived  from  Pzena  Investment  Management,  Inc.’s  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  this 
Annual Report. 

The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, 
and the selected consolidated statements of financial condition as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, have been 
derived  from  Pzena  Investment  Management,  Inc.’s  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  not  included  in  this 
report. 

28

 
  
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
   
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
You  should  read  the  following  selected  historical  consolidated  financial  data  together  with  “Item  7  — 
Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations”  and  the  historical 
consolidated financial statements and the related notes included in this Annual Report.

2020

For the Years Ended December 31,
2018
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

2019

2017

2016

 $

108,129 
207 
108,336 

138,136  $
3,159   
141,295   

137,541  $
1,078   
138,619   

149,691  $
1,055   
150,746   

150,700   $
2,879    
153,579    

Statements of Operations Data:
REVENUE
Management Fees
Performance Fees
Total Revenue
EXPENSES
Cash Compensation and Benefits
Other Non-Cash Compensation
Total Compensation and Benefits Expense
General and Administrative Expenses
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES
Operating Income
Other Income/ (Expense)
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES
Income Tax Provision
Consolidated Net Income
Less: Net Income Attributable to Non-
Controlling Interests
NET INCOME Attributable to Pzena 
Investment Management, Inc.
Per Share Data1:
16,179 
8,874  $
Net Income for Basic Earnings per Share
Basic Earnings per Share
1.01 
0.52  $
Basic Weighted Average Shares Outstanding    17,208,174    17,945,686    17,678,874     17,338,348    15,962,902 

58,016   
30,093   
88,109   
16,973   
105,082   
45,664   
5,607   
51,271   
5,795   
45,476   

51,600    
9,819    
61,419    
13,405    
74,824    
78,755    
(2,658)  
76,097    
7,778    
68,319    

55,288   
13,199   
68,487   
14,859   
83,346   
55,273   
552   
55,825   
4,287   
51,538   

48,722   
10,182   
58,904   
13,337   
72,241   
69,054   
25,608   
94,662   
34,512   
60,150   

41,397 
6,933 
48,330 
12,788 
61,118 
47,218 
(48,042)
(824)
(54,475)
53,651 

13,794   $
0.78   $

8,462  $
0.47  $

6,908  $
0.40  $

13,794   $

54,525    

37,014   

42,664   

53,242   

8,462  $

8,874  $

6,908  $

16,179 

37,472 

 $
 $

 $

Net Income for Diluted Earnings per Share
Diluted Earnings per Share2
Diluted Weighted Average Shares 
Outstanding

 $
 $

40,766  $
0.52  $

34,046  $
0.46  $

55,347   $
0.77   $

40,064  $
0.40  $

39,600 
0.58 

   79,143,710    74,199,308    71,934,144     70,934,362    68,849,172 

Cash Dividends Declared Per Share

 $

0.55  $

0.58  $

0.51   $

0.37  $

0.41  

(1) Pursuant to our equity incentive plans, the Company issues shares of Class A common stock, the operating company issues Class B units 
that have non-forfeitable dividend rights, and the operating company issues Class B-1 units that are entitled to receive distributions during 
the holders’ employment. Under the “two-class method,” these shares and units are considered participating securities and are required to be 
included in the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share. 

(2) During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  the  calculation  of  diluted  earnings  per  share  resulted  in  an  increase  in  earnings  per  share. 

Therefore, diluted earnings per share is assumed to be equal to basic earnings per share. 

29

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
   
  
 
 
 
 
    
     
     
      
     
 
  
    
    
     
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
     
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
     
    
  
 
  
    
    
     
    
  
 
  
    
    
     
    
  
2020

2019

As of December 31,
2018
(in thousands)

2017

2016

Statements of Financial Condition 
Data:
Cash and Cash Equivalents
TOTAL ASSETS
TOTAL LIABILITIES
Non-Controlling Interests
EQUITY

  $

65,534    $
188,687     
79,732     
77,849     
31,106     

52,480    $
199,452     
91,242     
76,766     
31,444     

38,099    $
170,976     
71,968     
66,006     
33,002     

63,414    $
169,047     
69,758     
66,985     
32,304     

43,522 
179,121 
97,787 
52,841 
28,493  

30

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
   
   
   
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

We  are  an  investment  management  firm  that  utilizes  a  classic  value  investment  approach  across  all  of  our 
investment strategies.  We currently manage assets in a variety of value-oriented investment strategies across a wide 
range of market capitalizations in both U.S. and non-U.S. capital markets.  At December 31, 2020, our AUM was 
approximately $43.3 billion.  We manage separate accounts on behalf of institutions, act as sub-investment adviser 
for a variety of SEC-registered mutual funds and non-U.S. funds, and act as investment adviser for the Pzena mutual 
funds, certain private placement funds and non-U.S. funds.

We function as the sole managing member of our operating company, Pzena Investment Management, LLC (the 
“operating company”).  As a result, we: (i) consolidate the financial results of our operating company with our own, 
and  reflect  the  membership  interest  in  it  that  we  do  not  own  as  a  non-controlling  interest  in  our  consolidated 
financial statements; and (ii) recognize income generated from our interest in our operating company’s net income.  
As  of  December 31,  2020,  the  holders  of  our  Class  A  common  stock  and  the  holders  of  Class  B  units  of  our 
operating company held approximately 24.2% and 75.8%, respectively, of the economic interests in the December 
31, 2020 value of our operating company. As of December 31. 2020, the holders of our Class A common stock and 
the holders of Class B and Class B-1 units of our operating company held approximately 22.4%, 70.1%, and 7.5%, 
respectively, of the future income and distributions. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the weighted-average 
non-controlling interest of our operating company was 77.7%.

The Company also serves as the general partner of Pzena Investment Management, LP, a partnership formed 

with the objective of aggregating employee ownership in one entity.

Our  founders  and  certain  of  our  employees  have  interests  in  Pzena  Investment  Management,  LP  and  certain 
estate planning vehicles through which they indirectly own Class B and B-1 units of our operating company.  As of 
December 31,  2020,  through  direct  and  indirect  interests,  our  three  founders;  48  other  employee  members;  and 
certain  other  members  of  our  operating  company,  including  one  of  our  directors,  his  related  entities,  and  certain 
former employees, collectively held 50.1%, 6.1%, and 19.6% of the economic interests in the December 31, 2020 
value of our operating company, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, through direct and indirect interests, our 
three  founders;  48  other  employee  members;  and  certain  former  employees,  collectively  held  46.3%,  13.1%,  and 
18.2% of the future income and distributions of our operating company.

Net Income

GAAP diluted net income and GAAP diluted earnings per share were $40.8 million and $0.52, respectively, for 
the  year  ended  December 31,  2020,  and  $34.0  million  and  $0.46,  respectively,  for  the  year  ended  December 31, 
2019. 

In evaluating the results of operations, management also reviews non-GAAP as adjusted measures of earnings, 
which are adjusted to exclude accounting items that add a measure of non-operational complexity which obscures 
the underlying performance of the business. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, no adjustments were 
made to GAAP earnings. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, earnings were adjusted to exclude non-
recurring  Compensation  and  Benefits  expenses,  the  vast  majority  of  which  were  related  to  the  issuance  of  certain 
unit-based and other awards to a number of the firm’s key contributors pursuant to the terms of our equity incentive 
plans,  in  addition  to  costs  related  to  certain  employee  departures.  We  believe  that  these  adjustments,  and  the  as 
adjusted  measures  derived  from  them,  provide  information  to  better  analyze  our  operations  between  periods,  and 
over time.  Investors should consider these as adjusted measures in addition to, and not as a substitute for, financial 
measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.

31

As  adjusted  diluted  net  income  and  as  adjusted  diluted  earnings  per  share  were  $40.8  million  and  $0.52, 
respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2020, and $54.1 million and $0.73, respectively, for the year ended 
December 31,  2019.    GAAP  and  as  adjusted  net  income  for  diluted  earnings  per  share  generally  assumes  all 
operating  company  membership  units  are  converted  into  Company  stock  at  the  beginning  of  the  reporting  period, 
and  the  resulting  change  to  our  GAAP  and  as  adjusted  net  income  associated  with  our  increased  interest  in  the 
operating  company  is  taxed  at  our  historical  effective  tax  rate,  exclusive  of  the  adjustments  related  to  our  tax 
receivable agreement and the associated liability to selling and converting shareholders and other adjustments. The 
as adjusted historical tax rate used to calculate the as adjusted diluted net income for the year ended December 31, 
2019 also excludes the impact of the non-recurring charges recognized in operating expenses.  Our GAAP effective 
tax rate, exclusive of these adjustments, was 24.8% for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 30.0% for the year 
ended December 31, 2019. Our as adjusted effective tax rate, exclusive of these adjustments, was 24.8% for the year 
ended  December 31,  2020  and  24.4%  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2019.    See  “Operating  Results — Income 
Tax Expense” below.

A reconciliation of the as adjusted measures to the most comparable GAAP measures is included below:

GAAP Net Income Attributable to Pzena Investment 
Management, Inc.

Change due to Non-Recurring Compensation and 
Benefits Expense1
Tax Impact due to Non-Recurring Compensation and 
Benefits Expense1

As Adjusted Net Income Attributable to Pzena Investment 
Management, Inc.

For the Years Ended
December 31,

2020

2019

(in thousands, except share and
per share amounts)

  $

8,874   $

8,462 

—    

—    

5,764 

(481)

  $

8,874   $

13,745 

Basic Weighted Average Shares Outstanding
GAAP Basic Earnings per Share

    17,208,174     17,945,686 
0.47 
  $

0.52   $

Change due to Non-Recurring Compensation and 
Benefits Expense1
Tax Impact due to Non-Recurring Compensation and 
Benefits Expense1

As Adjusted Basic Earnings per Share

GAAP Net Income for Diluted Earnings per Share

Change due to Non-Recurring Compensation and 
Benefits Expense1
Tax Impact due to Non-Recurring Compensation and 
Benefits Expense1

  $

  $

As Adjusted Net Income for Diluted Earnings per Share

  $

—    

0.32 

—    
0.52   $

(0.02)
0.77 

40,766   $

34,046 

—    

22,719 

—    
40,766   $

(2,662)
54,103 

Diluted Weighted Average Shares Outstanding
GAAP Diluted Earnings per Share

    79,143,710     74,199,308 
0.46 
  $

0.52   $

Change due to Non-Recurring Compensation and 
Benefits Expense1
Tax Impact due to Non-Recurring Compensation and 
Benefits Expense1

As Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share

  $

—    

0.31 

—    
0.52   $

(0.04)
0.73  

1

Reflects  the  impact  of  non-recurring  compensation  and  benefits  expenses  incurred  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2019,  primarily  driven  by  the 
one-time  issuance  of  certain  unit-based  and  other  awards  to  a  number  of  the  firm’s  key  contributors  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  our  equity 
incentive plans in addition to costs related to certain employee departures. 

32

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
     
  
   
   
 
   
     
  
   
   
 
   
     
  
   
   
2

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

Revenue

We generate revenue primarily from management fees and performance fees, which we collectively refer to as 
our advisory fees, by managing assets on behalf of our separately managed and sub-advised accounts, as well as our 
Pzena funds.  Our advisory fee income is primarily based on our AUM, as discussed below, and is recognized over 
the period in which investment management services are provided.  In accordance with Revenue Recognition Topic 
of  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“FASB  ASC”),  income  from 
performance  fees  is  recorded  at  the  conclusion  of  the  contractual  performance  period,  when  it  is  probable  that 
significant reversal of the performance fee will not occur. Advisory fee income is presented net of fund expense cap 
reimbursements.

Our advisory fees are primarily driven by the level of our AUM.  Our AUM increases or decreases with the net 
inflows or outflows of funds into our various investment strategies and with the investment performance thereof.  In 
order to increase our AUM and expand our business, we must develop and market investment strategies that suit the 
investment needs of our target clients, and provide attractive returns over the long-term.  The value and composition 
of our AUM, and our ability to continue to attract clients will depend on a variety of factors as described in “Item 
1 — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business — Our primary source of revenue is derived from management 
fees, which are directly tied to our assets under management. Fluctuations in AUM therefore will directly impact our 
revenue."

For our separately managed accounts, we are paid management fees according to a schedule, which varies by 
investment strategy. The substantial majority of these accounts pay us management fees pursuant to a schedule in 
which the rate we earn on the AUM declines as the amount of AUM increases.

Pursuant  to  our  sub-investment  advisory  agreements,  we  are  generally  paid  a  management  fee  according  to  a 
schedule in which the rate we earn on the AUM declines as the amount of AUM increases.  Certain of these funds 
pay  us  fixed-rate  management  fees.    Due  to  the  substantially  larger  account  size  of  certain  of  these  sub-advised 
accounts, the average advisory fees we earn on them, as a percentage of AUM, are lower than the advisory fees we 
earn on our separately managed accounts.

Advisory  fees  we  earn  on  separately  managed  accounts  and  Pzena  funds  are  generally  based  on  the  value  of 
AUM at a specific date on a quarterly basis.  Certain of our separately managed accounts, sub-advised accounts, and 
Pzena  funds  are  calculated  based  on  the  average  of  the  monthly  or  daily  market  value.    Advisory  fees  are  also 
generally adjusted for any cash flows into or out of a portfolio, where the cash flow represents greater than 10% of 
the  value  of  the  portfolio.    While  a  specific  group  of  accounts  may  use  the  same  fee  rate,  the  calculation 
methodology may differ as described above.

Certain of our clients pay us performance fees according to the performance of their accounts relative to certain 
agreed-upon  benchmarks,  which  results  in  a  lower  base  fee,  but  allows  for  us  to  earn  higher  fees  if  the  relevant 
investment  strategy  outperforms  the  agreed-upon  benchmark.    Some  performance-based  fee  arrangements  include 
high-water  mark  provisions,  which  generally  provide  that  if  a  client  account  underperforms  relative  to  its 
performance target, it must gain back such underperformance before we can collect future performance-based fees.  
Fulcrum  fee  arrangements  related  to  one  client  relationship  require  a  reduction  in  the  base  fee  or  allow  for  an 
increase in the base fee if the relevant investment strategy underperforms or outperforms, respectively, the agreed-
upon benchmark.

Our advisory fees may fluctuate based on a number of factors, including the following:

•

•

•

changes  in  AUM  due  to  appreciation  or  depreciation  of  our  investment  portfolios,  and  the  levels  of  the 
contribution and withdrawal of assets by new and existing clients;

distribution of AUM among our investment strategies, which have differing fee schedules;

distribution  of  AUM  between  separately  managed  accounts  and  sub-advised  accounts,  for  which  we 
generally earn lower overall advisory fees;

33

•

•

the  level  of  our  performance  with  respect  to  accounts  on  which  we  are  paid  performance  fees  or  have 
fulcrum fee arrangements; and

changes in the amount of expense cap reimbursements paid.

Expenses

Our expenses consist primarily of Compensation and Benefits Expense, as well as General and Administrative 
Expense.  Our  largest  expense  is  Compensation  and  Benefits,  which  includes  the  salaries,  bonuses,  equity-based 
compensation,  and  related  benefits  and  payroll  costs  attributable  to  our  employee  members  and  employees.  
Compensation and benefits packages are benchmarked against relevant industry and geographic peer groups in order 
to attract and retain qualified personnel. General and Administrative Expense includes lease expenses, professional 
and  outside  services  fees,  depreciation,  costs  associated  with  operating  and  maintaining  our  research,  trading  and 
portfolio accounting systems, and other expenses. Our occupancy-related costs and professional services expenses, 
in  particular,  generally  increase  or  decrease  in  relative  proportion  to  the  overall  size  and  scale  of  our  business 
operations.

We  incur  additional  expenses  associated  with  being  a  public  company  for,  among  other  things,  director  and 
officer insurance, director fees, SEC reporting and compliance (including Sarbanes-Oxley compliance), professional 
fees, transfer agent fees, and other similar expenses.

Our expenses may fluctuate due to a number of factors, including the following:

•

•

variations in the level of total compensation expense due to, among other things, bonuses, awards of equity 
to our employees and employee members of our operating company, changes in our employee count and 
mix, and competitive factors; and

general  and  administrative  expenses,  such  as  professional  service  fees,  rent,  and  data-related  costs, 
incurred, as necessary, to run our business.

Other Income/ (Expense)

Other  income/  (expense)  is  derived  primarily  from  investment  income  or  loss  arising  from  our  consolidated 
subsidiaries  and  interest  income  generated  on  our  cash  balances.  Other  income/  (expense)  is  also  affected  by 
changes  in  our  estimates  of  the  liability  due  to  our  selling  and  converting  shareholders  associated  with  payments 
owed  to  them  under  the  tax  receivable  agreement  which  was  executed  in  connection  with  our  reorganization  and 
IPO on October 30, 2007.  As discussed further below under “Tax Receivable Agreement,” this liability represents 
85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state, and local income tax that we realize as a result of 
the amortization of the increases in tax basis generated from our acquisitions of our operating company’s units from 
our  selling  and  converting  shareholders.    We  expect  the  interest  and  investment  components  of  other  income/ 
(expense),  in  the  aggregate,  to  fluctuate  based  on  market  conditions  and  the  performance  of  our  consolidated 
subsidiaries and other investments.

Non-Controlling Interests

We are the sole managing member of our operating company and control its business and affairs and, therefore, 
consolidate  its  financial  results  with  ours.    In  light  of  our  employees'  and  outside  investors'  direct  and  indirect 
interests  in  our  operating  company  (as  noted  in  "Item  1  —  Business  —  Overview"),  we  have  reflected  their 
membership  interests  as  a  non-controlling  interest  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements.    As  of  December 31, 
2020,  the  holders  of  our  Class  A  common  stock  and  the  holders  of  Class  B  units  of  our  operating  company  held 
approximately  24.2%  and  75.8%,  respectively,  of  the  economic  interests  in  the  December  31,  2020  value  of  the 
operating company. As of December 31, 2020, the holders of our Class A common stock and the holders of Class B 
and B-1 units of our operating company held approximately 22.4% and 77.6%, respectively, of the future income 
and  distributions  of  our  operating  company.  In  addition,  our  operating  company  consolidates  the  results  of 
operations  of  the  private  investment  partnerships  and  Pzena-branded  mutual  funds  over  which  we  exercise  a 
controlling influence.  Non-controlling interests recorded in our consolidated financial statements include the non-
controlling interests of the outside investors in these consolidated subsidiaries.  

34

Operating Results

Assets Under Management and Flows

As of December 31, 2020, our approximately $43.3 billion of AUM was invested in a variety of value-oriented 
investment  strategies,  representing  distinct  capitalization  segments  of  U.S.  and  non-U.S.  equity  markets.    The 
performance of our largest investment strategies as of December 31, 2020 is further described below.  We follow the 
same  investment  process  for  each  of  these  strategies.    Our  investment  strategies  are  distinguished  by  the  market 
capitalization  ranges  from  which  we  select  securities  for  their  portfolios,  which  we  refer  to  as  each  strategy’s 
investment universe, as well as the regions in which we invest and the degree to which we concentrate on a limited 
number  of  holdings.    While  our  investment  process  includes  ongoing  review  of  companies  in  the  investment 
universes  described  below,  our  actual  investments  may  include  companies  outside  of  the  relevant  market 
capitalization  range  at  the  time  of  our  investment.    In  addition,  the  number  of  holdings  typically  found  in  the 
portfolios of each of our investment strategies may vary, as described below.

The following tables describe the allocation of our AUM among our investment strategies and the domicile of 

our accounts, as of December 31, 2020 and 2019: 

Strategy

U.S. Value Strategies
Large Cap Value
Mid Cap Value
Small Cap Value
Value
Other U.S. Strategies

Total U.S. Value Strategies

Global and Non-U.S. Value Strategies

Global Value
International Value
Emerging Markets Value
European Value
Other Global and Non-U.S. Strategies

Total Global and Non-U.S. Value Strategies
Total

Account Domicile

U.S.
Non-U.S.
Total

AUM at December 31,
2019
2020

(in billions)

9.2   $
2.6    
2.2    
0.6    
0.2    
14.8    

11.8    
6.9    
6.5    
2.9    
0.4    
28.5    
43.3   $

AUM at December 31,
2019
2020

(in billions)
26.5   $
16.8    
43.3   $

10.1 
3.7 
1.8 
0.9 
0.2 
16.7 

8.9 
6.9 
5.3 
3.0 
0.4 
24.5 
41.2  

27.0 
14.2 
41.2  

  $

  $

  $

  $

35

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
     
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
     
  
   
     
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
The following table indicates the annualized returns, gross and net (which represents annualized returns prior to, 
and  after,  payment  of  advisory  fees,  respectively),  of  our  largest  investment  strategies  from  their  inception  to 
December 31, 2020, and in the five-year, three-year, and one-year periods ended December 31, 2020, relative to the 
performance  of  the  market  index  which  is  often  used  by  our  clients  to  compare  the  performance  of  the  relevant 
investment strategy.

Investment Strategy (Inception Date)
Large Cap Value (July 2012)
Annualized Gross Returns
Annualized Net Returns
Russell 1000® Value Index
International Value (November 2008)
Annualized Gross Returns
Annualized Net Returns
MSCI EAFE® Index – Net/U.S.$2
Emerging Markets Focused Value (January 2008)
Annualized Gross Returns
Annualized Net Returns
MSCI® Emerging Markets Index – Net/U.S.$2
Large Cap Focused Value (October 2000)
Annualized Gross Returns
Annualized Net Returns
Russell 1000® Value Index
Global Value (January 2010)
Annualized Gross Returns
Annualized Net Returns
MSCI® World Index – Net/U.S.$2
European Focused Value (August 2008)
Annualized Gross Returns
Annualized Net Returns
MSCI® Europe Index – Net/U.S.$2
Global Focused Value (January 2004)
Annualized Gross Returns
Annualized Net Returns
MSCI® All Country World Index – Net/U.S.$2
Mid Cap Value (April 2014)
Annualized Gross Returns
Annualized Net Returns
Russell Mid Cap® Value Index
Focused Value (January 1996)
Annualized Gross Returns
Annualized Net Returns
Russell 1000® Value Index
Small Cap Focused Value (January 1996)
Annualized Gross Returns
Annualized Net Returns
Russell 2000® Value Index
International Focused Value (January 2004)
Annualized Gross Returns
Annualized Net Returns
MSCI® All Country World ex-U.S. Index – Net/U.S.$2
Mid Cap Focused Value (September 1998)
Annualized Gross Returns
Annualized Net Returns
Russell Mid Cap® Value Index

Period Ended December 31, 20201

Since
Inception  

  5 Years

  3 Years

1 Year

11.4%   
11.3%   
11.3%   

9.5%   
9.1%   
7.6%   

4.1%   
3.2%   
2.7%   

7.0%   
6.6%   
6.9%   

8.3%   
7.9%   
10.0%   

4.7%   
4.4%   
3.3%   

5.8%   
5.1%   
7.9%   

7.0%   
6.8%   
7.7%   

10.0%   
9.3%   
8.8%   

12.8%   
11.6%   
9.3%   

6.4%   
5.7%   
6.4%   

12.1%   
11.3%   
10.0%   

8.9%   
8.8%   
9.7%   

7.1%   
6.7%   
7.4%   

12.9%   
12.1%   
12.8%   

8.8%   
8.4%   
9.7%   

8.7%   
8.3%   
12.2%   

5.5%   
5.1%   
6.8%   

8.5%   
7.9%   
12.3%   

8.9%   
8.7%   
9.7%   

8.1%   
7.6%   
9.7%   

9.0%   
8.0%   
9.7%   

8.0%   
7.4%   
8.9%   

10.3%   
9.6%   
9.7%   

2.5%   
2.3%   
6.1%   

1.9%   
1.5%   
4.3%   

4.2%   
3.5%   
6.2%   

1.5%   
1.1%   
6.1%   

3.1%   
2.7%   
10.5%   

-2.1%   
-2.5%   
3.6%   

2.2%   
1.7%   
10.1%   

1.9%   
1.7%   
5.4%   

0.4%   
-0.1%   
6.1%   

3.7%   
2.7%   
3.7%   

1.9%   
1.4%   
4.9%   

3.4%   
2.7%   
5.4%   

-1.4%
-1.5%
2.8%

5.8%
5.4%
7.8%

10.0%
9.2%
18.3%

-1.5%
-1.8%
2.8%

4.4%
4.1%
15.9%

0.3%
-0.2%
5.4%

3.7%
3.2%
16.3%

4.6%
4.5%
5.0%

-0.1%
-0.8%
2.8%

1.4%
0.5%
4.6%

5.7%
5.1%
10.7%

7.8%
7.1%
5.0%

1

The historical returns of these investment strategies are not necessarily indicative of their future performance, or the future performance of 
any of our other current or future investment strategies.

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
   
   
   
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
   
   
   
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
   
   
   
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
   
   
   
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
   
   
   
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
   
   
   
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
   
   
   
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
   
   
   
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
   
   
   
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
   
   
   
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
   
   
   
2

Net of applicable withholding taxes and presented in U.S.$.

Large Cap Value.  This strategy reflects a portfolio composed of approximately 50 to 80 stocks drawn generally 
from  a  universe  of  500  of  the  largest  U.S.  listed  companies,  based  on  market  capitalization.    This  strategy  was 
launched in July 2012.  At December 31, 2020, the Large Cap Value strategy generated a one-year annualized gross 
return of (1.4)%, underperforming its benchmark.  The top detracting sectors were the energy and health sectors.

International  Value.  This  strategy  reflects  a  portfolio  composed  of  approximately  60  to  80  stocks  drawn 
generally from a universe of 1,500 of the largest companies across the world excluding the United States, based on 
market  capitalization.    This  strategy  was  launched  in  November  2008.    At  December 31,  2020,  the  International 
Value  strategy  generated  a  one-year  annualized  gross  return  of  5.8%,  underperforming  its  benchmark.  The  top 
detracting  sectors  were  the  energy,  financial  services,  and  consumer  discretionary  sectors,  partially  offset  by  the 
performance of the industrials and materials sectors.

Emerging Markets Focused Value.  This strategy reflects a portfolio composed of approximately 40 to 80 stocks 
drawn generally from a universe of 1,500 of the largest emerging market companies, based on market capitalization.  
This strategy was launched in January 2008.  At December 31, 2020, the Emerging Markets Focused Value strategy 
generated a one-year annualized gross return of 10.0%, underperforming its benchmark.  The top detracting sectors 
included the utilities, financial services, and industrials sectors, partially offset by the performance of the consumer 
staples sector.

Large Cap Focused Value.  This strategy reflects a portfolio composed of approximately 30 to 40 stocks drawn 
generally from a universe of 500 of the largest U.S. listed companies, based on market capitalization.  This strategy 
was launched in October 2000.  At December 31, 2020, the Large Cap Focused Value strategy generated a one-year 
annualized  gross  return  of  (1.5)%,  underperforming  its  benchmark.  The  top  detracting  sectors  included  the 
technology, energy, and industrials sectors.  

Global  Value.  This  strategy  reflects  a  portfolio  composed  of  approximately  60  to  95  stocks  drawn  generally 
from a universe of 2,000 of the largest companies across the world, based on market capitalization.  This strategy 
was launched in January 2010.  At December 31, 2020, the Global Value strategy generated a one-year annualized 
gross  return  of  4.4%,  underperforming  its  benchmark.  The  top  detracting  sectors  included  the  information 
technology,  financial  services,  and  consumer  discretionary  sectors,  partially  offset  by  the  performance  of  the 
industrials and materials sectors.

European Focused Value.  This strategy reflects a portfolio composed of approximately 40 to 50 stocks drawn 
generally from a universe of 750 of the largest European companies, based on market capitalization.  This strategy 
was launched in August 2008.  At December 31, 2020, the European Focused Value strategy generated a one-year 
annualized gross return of 0.3%, underperforming its benchmark.  The top detracting sectors included the financial 
services, consumer staples, and energy sectors, partially offset by the performance of the materials sector.

Global  Focused  Value.  This  strategy  reflects  a  portfolio  composed  of  approximately  40  to  60  stocks  drawn 
generally from a universe of 2,000 of the largest companies across the world, based on market capitalization.  This 
strategy was launched in January 2004.  At December 31, 2020, the Global Focused Value strategy generated a one-
year  annualized  gross  return  of  3.7%,  underperforming  its  benchmark.    The  top  detracting  sectors  included  the 
information technology, financial services, and consumer discretionary sectors, partially offset by the performance 
of the industrials sector.

Mid Cap Value.  This strategy reflects a portfolio composed of approximately 50 to 80 stocks drawn generally 
from a universe of U.S. listed companies ranked from the 201st to 1,200th largest, based on market capitalization.  
This strategy was launched in April 2014.  At December 31, 2020, the Mid Cap Value strategy generated a one-year 
annualized gross return of 4.6%, underperforming its benchmark.  The top detracting sectors included the energy, 
technology,  and  health  care  sectors,  partially  offset  by  the  performance  of  the  financial  services,  real  estate,  and 
consumer discretionary sectors.

Focused  Value.  This  strategy  reflects  a  portfolio  composed  of  a  portfolio  of  approximately  30  to  40  stocks 
drawn generally from a universe of 1,000 of the largest U.S. listed companies, based on market capitalization.  This 
strategy was launched in January 1996.  At December 31, 2020, the Focused Value strategy generated a one-year 

37

annualized  gross  return  of  (0.1)%,  underperforming  its  benchmark.  The  top  detracting  sectors  included  the  health 
care and technology sectors, partially offset by the performance of the financial services sector.

Small Cap Focused Value.  This strategy reflects a portfolio composed of approximately 40 to 50 stocks drawn 
generally  from  a  universe  of  U.S.  listed  companies  ranked  from  the  1,001st  to  3,000th  largest,  based  on  market 
capitalization.  This strategy was launched in January 1996.  At December 31, 2020, the Small Cap Focused Value 
strategy generated a one-year annualized gross return of 1.4%, underperforming its benchmark. The top detracting 
sectors included the health care, energy, and technology sectors, partially offset by the performance of the real estate 
sector.

International  Focused  Value.  This  strategy  reflects  a  portfolio  composed  of  approximately  30  to  50  stocks 
drawn  generally  from  a  universe  of  1,500  of  the  largest  companies  across  the  world  excluding  the  United  States, 
based  on  market  capitalization.    This  strategy  was  launched  in  January  2004.    At  December 31,  2020,  the 
International  Focused  Value  strategy  generated  a  one-year  annualized  gross  return  of  5.7%,  underperforming  its 
benchmark.    The  top  detracting  sectors  were  the  financial  services,  information  technology,  and  consumer 
discretionary sectors, partially offset by the performance of the industrials sector.

Mid Cap Focused Value.  This strategy reflects a portfolio composed of approximately 30 to 40 stocks drawn 
generally  from  a  universe  of  U.S.  listed  companies  ranked  from  the  201st  to  1,200th  largest,  based  on  market 
capitalization.  This strategy was launched in September 1998.  At December 31, 2020, the Mid Cap Focused Value 
strategy generated a one-year annualized gross return of 7.8%, outperforming its benchmark.  The top contributing 
sectors  included  the  financial  services,  real  estate,  and  consumer  discretionary  sectors,  partially  offset  by  the 
underperformance of the technology, energy, and health care sectors.

Our  earnings  and  cash  flows  are  heavily  dependent  upon  prevailing  financial  market  conditions.    Significant 
increases or decreases in the various securities markets, particularly the equities markets, can have a material impact 
on our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.

38

The change in AUM in our separately managed accounts, sub-advised accounts and Pzena funds for the years 
ended  December 31,  2020  and  2019  is  described  below.  Inflows  are  composed  of  the  investment  of  new  or 
additional assets by new or existing clients. Outflows consist of redemptions of assets by existing clients.

Assets Under Management

Separately Managed Accounts

Assets

Beginning of Period
Inflows
Outflows
Net Flows
Market Appreciation/(Depreciation)
Foreign Exchange1

End of Period
Sub-Advised Accounts

Assets

Beginning of Period
Inflows
Outflows
Net Flows
Market Appreciation/(Depreciation)
Foreign Exchange1

End of Period

Pzena Funds
Assets

Beginning of Period Assets
Inflows
Outflows
Net Flows
Market Appreciation/(Depreciation)
Foreign Exchange1

End of Period

Total

Assets

Beginning of Period
Inflows
Outflows
Net Flows
Market Appreciation/(Depreciation)
Foreign Exchange1

End of Period

For the Years Ended
December 31,

2020

2019

(in billions)

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

16.4    $
1.8     
(1.7)   
0.1     
0.3     
0.5     
17.3    $

22.4    $
5.0     
(4.6)   
0.4     
0.2     
0.3     
23.3    $

2.4    $
0.5     
(0.5)   
-     
0.2     
0.1     
2.7    $

41.2    $
7.3     
(6.8)   
0.5     
0.7     
0.9     
43.3    $

12.6 
3.2 
(2.0)
1.2 
2.5 
0.1 
16.4 

18.8 
3.0 
(3.4)
(0.4)
4.0 
— 
22.4 

2.0 
0.4 
(0.4)
- 
0.4 
— 
2.4 

33.4 
6.6 
(5.8)
0.8 
6.9 
0.1 
41.2  

1

Foreign exchange reflects the impact of translating non-U.S. dollar denominated AUM into U.S. dollars for reporting purposes.

During  the  year  ended  December 31,  2020,  our  AUM  increased  $2.1  billion,  or  5.1%,  from  $41.2  billion  at 
December 31,  2019.  This  increase  is  due  to  foreign  exchange  movements,  market  appreciation  and  net  inflows 
during the year ended December 31, 2020.

At December 31, 2020, we managed $17.3 billion in separately managed accounts, $23.3 billion in sub-advised 
accounts, and $2.7 billion in Pzena funds, for a total of $43.3 billion in assets.  For the year ended December 31, 
2020,  we  experienced  $0.7  billion  in  market  appreciation  and  total  gross  inflows  of  $7.3  billion,  which  were 

39

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
     
       
 
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
partially  offset  by  total  gross  outflows  of  $6.8  billion.    Assets  in  separately  managed  accounts  increased  by  $0.9 
billion,  or  5.5%,  from  $16.4  billion  at  December 31,  2019,  due  to  an  increase  associated  with  foreign  exchange 
movements of $0.5 billion, $0.3 billion in market appreciation and $1.8 billion in gross inflows, partially offset by $ 
1.7 billion in gross outflows.  Assets in sub-advised accounts increased by $0.9 billion, or 4.0%, from $22.4 billion 
at December 31, 2019, due to an increase associated with foreign exchange movements of $0.3 billion, $0.2 billion 
in market appreciation and $5.0 billion in gross inflows, partially offset by $4.6 billion in gross outflows.  Assets in 
Pzena funds increased by $0.3 billion, or 12.5%, from $2.4 billion at December 31, 2019 as a result of $0.2 billion in 
market appreciation and an increase of $0.1 billion associated with foreign exchange movements. 

At December 31, 2019, we managed $16.4 billion in separately managed accounts, $22.4 billion in sub-advised 
accounts, and $2.4 billion in Pzena funds, for a total of $41.2 billion in assets.  For the year ended December 31, 
2019,  we  experienced  $7.0  billion  in  market  appreciation  and  total  gross  inflows  of  $6.6  billion,  which  were 
partially  offset  by  total  gross  outflows  of  $5.8  billion.  Assets  in  separately  managed  accounts  increased  by  $3.8 
billion, or 30.2%, from $12.6 billion at December 31, 2018, due to $2.5 billion in market appreciation, an increase of 
$0.1 billion associated with foreign exchange movements, and $3.2 billion in gross inflows, partially offset by $ 2.0 
billion in gross outflows.  Assets in sub-advised accounts increased by $3.6 billion, or 19.1%, from $18.8 billion at 
December 31, 2018, due to $4.0 billion in market appreciation and $3.0 billion in gross inflows, partially offset by 
$3.4  billion  in  gross  outflows.  Assets  in  Pzena  funds  increased  by  $0.4  billion,  or  20.0%,  from  $2.0  billion  at 
December  31,  2018  as  a  result  of  $0.4  billion  in  gross  inflows  and  $0.4  billion  in  market  appreciation,  partially 
offset by $0.4 billion in gross outflows.

Revenue

Our revenue from advisory fees earned on our separately managed accounts, sub-advised accounts and Pzena 

funds for the two years ended December 31, 2020 is described below:

Revenue

Separately Managed Accounts
Sub-Advised Accounts
Pzena Funds
Total

For the Years Ended
December 31,

2020

2019

(in thousands)

  $

  $

74,725   $
48,714    
15,180    
138,619   $

76,210 
58,911 
15,625 
150,746  

Year Ended December 31, 2020 versus December 31, 2019 

Our total revenue decreased $12.1 million, or 8.0%, to $138.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 
from $150.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.  This change was primarily driven by the variance in 
AUM  levels  in  2020 compared  to  2019.  For the years ended December 31, 2020 and  2019,  we recognized  a  net 
reduction  of  base  fees  in  the  amount  of  $4.0  million  and  $0.8  million,  respectively,  related  to  fulcrum  fee 
arrangements.  We  recognized  $1.1  million  in  performance  fees  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  and 
recognized no performance fees during the year ended December 31, 2019.  Average AUM also decreased 5.9% to 
$34.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $37.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Our  weighted  average  fee  rates  were  0.398%  and  0.409%  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2020  and  2019, 
respectively.    Average  assets  in  separately  managed  accounts  was  $14.0  billion  for  each  of  the  years  ended 
December 31,  2020,  and  2019,  and  had  weighted  average  fees  of  0.534%  and  0.543%  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  Average assets in sub-advised accounts decreased 8.8% to $18.7 billion 
for the year ended December 31, 2020, from $20.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019, and had weighted 
average fees of 0.261% and 0.287% for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The decrease in 
weighted  average  fee  rates  for  assets  in  sub-advised  accounts  is  related  to  the  impact  of  fulcrum  fees  and  the 
decrease in performance fees recognized in 2019. Average assets in Pzena funds decreased 8.7% to $2.1 billion for 
the  year  ended  December 31,  2020,  from  $2.3  billion  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2019,  and  had  weighted 
average fees of 0.709% and 0.688% for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The increase in 
weighted average fee rates for Pzena funds is driven by an increase in assets in products and strategies that typically 
carry higher fee rates and a decrease in expense cap reimbursements. 

40

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
Expenses

Our  operating  expense  is  driven  primarily  by  our  compensation  costs.    The  table  below  describes  the 

components of our operating expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Cash Compensation and Other Benefits
Other Non-Cash Compensation

Total Compensation and Benefits Expense

General and Administrative Expense

Total Operating Expenses

Year Ended December 31, 2020 versus December 31, 2019

For the Years Ended
December 31,

2020

2019

(in thousands)

  $

  $

55,288   $
13,199    
68,487    
14,859    
83,346   $

58,016 
30,093 
88,109 
16,973 
105,082  

Total  operating  expenses  decreased  by  $21.7  million,  or  20.7%,  to  $83.3  million  for  the  year  ended 

December 31, 2020, from $105.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. 

Compensation and benefits expense decreased by $19.6 million, or 22.3%, to $68.5 million for the year ended 
December 31,  2020,  from  $88.1  million  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2019.    This  decrease  is  driven  by  non-
recurring compensation and benefits expenses of $22.7 million in 2019, the vast majority of which are related to the 
issuance of certain unit-based and other awards to a number of the firm’s key contributors pursuant to the terms of 
our equity incentive plans, in addition to costs related to certain employee departures. Excluding these non-recurring 
expenses, the increase in compensation and benefits expense reflects an increase in compensation.

General and administrative expense decreased by $2.1 million, or 12.5%, to $14.9 million for the year ended 
December 31,  2020,  from  $17.0  million  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2019.  The  decrease  in  general  and 
administrative expense reflects decreases in travel and entertainment and professional fees. 

Other Income

Year Ended December 31, 2020 versus December 31, 2019

Other  income  of  $0.6  million  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2020  consisted  primarily  $0.6  million  in  net 
realized and unrealized gains from investments, $0.9 million in equity in the losses of affiliates, and $0.8 million in 
interest  and  dividend  income.    Other  income  of  $5.6  million  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2019  consisted 
primarily of $2.0 million in equity in the earnings of affiliates and $2.3 million in net realized and unrealized gains 
from investments, partially offset by $1.4 million in interest and dividend income.  

Income Tax Expense

For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, components of income tax expense are as follows:

Unincorporated and Other Business Tax Expenses
Corporate Income Tax Expense
Total Income Tax Expense

For the Years Ended
December 31,

2020

2019

  $

  $

(in thousands)
858   $
3,429    
4,287   $

1,287 
4,508 
5,795  

41

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
Our results for the year ended December 31, 2019 include the effects of certain non-recurring compensation and 
benefits expenses. Details of corporate tax expenses excluding these items and reconciliations between our GAAP 
and as adjusted corporate tax items are as follows:

Corporate Tax Expense
Less: Impact of Non-Recurring Compensation and Benefits 
Expense

As adjusted Corporate Income Tax Expense

  $

  $

For the Years Ended
December 31,

2020

2019

(in thousands)
3,429   $

—    
3,429   $

4,508 

481 
4,989  

As adjusted income before corporate income taxes used to calculate our income before income taxes for

the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:

GAAP Income Before Income Taxes
Non-Recurring Compensation and Benefits Expense
Unincorporated and Other Business Taxes
As Adjusted Net Income Attributable to Non-Controlling Interests of the 
Operating Company
Non-Controlling Interests of Consolidated Subsidiaries
As Adjusted Income before Corporate Income Taxes

GAAP Net Income Attributable to Non-Controlling Interests of the Operating 
Company
Add back: Effect of Non-Recurring Compensation and Benefits Expense
As Adjusted Net Income Attributable to Non-Controlling Interests of the 
Operating Company

  For the Years Ended December 31,

2020

2019

(in thousands)

  $

  $

  $

55,825    $
—   
(858)  

(42,421)  
(243)  
12,303    $

51,271 
22,719 
(1,287)

(53,525)
(444)
18,734 

42,421    $
—   

36,570 
16,955 

$

42,421    $

53,525  

Our  GAAP  effective  tax  rate  was  28.2%,  and  34.7%  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020  and  2019, 

respectively, and was determined as follows:

Federal Corporate Tax
State and Local Taxes, Net of Federal Benefit
Impact of Permanent Differences
Prior Period and Other Adjustments

GAAP Effective Taxes

For the Years Ended December 31,

2020

2019

% of GAAP
Pre-tax
Income

Tax
(in
thousands)

Tax
(in
thousands)

% of GAAP
Pre-tax
Income

  $

  $

2,539     
462     
-     
428     
3,429     

21.0%  $
3.8%   
0.0%   
3.4%   
28.2%  $

2,724     
389     
781     
614     
4,508     

21.0%
3.0%
6.0%
4.7%
34.7%

42

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
   
   
   
Our  as  adjusted  effective  tax  rate  was  28.2%,  and  26.5%  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2020  and  2019, 

respectively, and was determined as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31,

2020

2019

% of As
Adjusted
Pre-tax
Income

Tax
(in
thousands)

Tax
(in
thousands)

% of As
Adjusted
Pre-tax
Income

Federal Corporate Tax
State and Local Taxes, Net of Federal Benefit
Impact of Non-Recurring Compensation and Benefits 
Expense
Prior Period and Other Adjustments
As adjusted Effective Taxes

  $

  $

2,539     
462     

-     
428     
3,429     

21.0%  $
3.8%   

3,934     
637     

0.0%   
3.4%   
28.2%  $

481     
(63)   
4,989     

21.0%
3.4%

2.5%
-0.4%
26.5%

Year Ended December 31, 2020 versus December 31, 2019

Income tax expense was $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to $5.8 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2019.  Tax expense for the year ended 2019 also includes the impact of $22.7 million of 
non-recurring expenses. 

Net Income Attributable to Non-Controlling Interests

Year Ended December 31, 2020 versus December 31, 2019

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests was $42.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, 
and consisted of $42.4 million associated with our employees' and outside investors' approximately 77.7% weighted-
average  interest  in  the  income  of  the  operating  company,  and  approximately  $0.2  million  associated  with  our 
consolidated  subsidiaries'  interest  in  the  gains  of  our  consolidated  subsidiaries.    Net  income  attributable  to  non-
controlling  interests  was  $37.0  million  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2019,  and  consisted  of  $36.6  million 
associated with our employees’ and outside investors’ approximately 74.4% weighted-average interest in the income 
of the operating company, and approximately $0.4 million associated with our consolidated subsidiaries’ interest in 
the losses of our consolidated subsidiaries. The operating company allocation for the year ended December 31, 2019 
included  a  $17.0  million  expense  associated  with  the  $22.7  million  one-time  compensation  and  benefits  expenses 
recognized  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2019.  Excluding  the  effect  of  these  one-time  items,  the  change  in  net  income 
attributable to non-controlling interests primarily reflects the decrease in net income of the operating company for 
the year ended December 31, 2020, partially offset by an increase in our employees’ and outside investors’ weighted 
average  interest  in  the  income  of  the  operating  company.    We  expect  the  interests  in  our  operating  company  in 
subsequent periods to depend on changes in our shareholder’s equity and the size and composition of Class B and 
Class B-1 units awarded by our compensation plans.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Historically, the working capital needs of our business have primarily been met through the cash generated by 
our  operations.    Distributions  to  members  of  our  operating  company  are  our  largest  use  of  cash.    Other  activities 
include  purchases  and  sales  of  investments  to  fund  our  deferred  compensation  program,  capital  expenditures,  and 
strategic growth initiatives such as providing the seed investments in our mutual funds.

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
   
   
   
We  expect  to  fund  the  liquidity  needs  of  our  business  in  the  next  twelve  months,  and  over  the  long-term, 
primarily  through  cash  generated  from  operations.    As  an  investment  management  company,  our  business  is 
materially  affected  by  conditions  in  the  global  financial  markets  and  economic  conditions  throughout  the  world.  
Our liquidity is highly dependent on the revenue and income from our operations, which is directly related to our 
levels of AUM.  For the year ended December 31, 2020, our average AUM and revenues decreased by 5.9% and 
8.0%,  respectively,  compared  to  our  average  AUM  and  revenues  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2019.    At 
December 31,  2020,  our  cash  was  $65.5  million,  inclusive  of  $6.2  million  in  cash  held  by  our  consolidated 
subsidiaries.  We also had $7.3 million in an open-ended mutual fund that can be sold to meet future cash flow needs 
and approximately $14.2 million in investments set aside to satisfy our obligations under our deferred compensation 
programs.  Advisory fees receivable was $36.5 million. 

In determining the sufficiency of liquidity and capital resources to fund our business, we regularly monitor our 
liquidity  position,  including,  among  other  things,  cash,  working  capital,  investments,  long-term  liabilities,  lease 
commitments, debt obligations, and operating company distributions.  Compensation is our largest expense.  To the 
extent we deem necessary and appropriate to run our business, recognizing the need to retain our key personnel, we 
have the ability to change the absolute levels of our compensation packages, as well as change the mix of their cash 
and non-cash components.  Historically, we have not tied our level of compensation directly to revenue, as many 
Wall Street firms do.  Correspondingly, there is not a linear relationship between our compensation and the revenues 
we generate.  This generally has the effect of increasing operating margins in periods of increased revenues, but can 
reduce operating margins when revenue declines.

We  continuously  evaluate  our  staffing  requirements  and  compensation  levels  with  reference  to  our  own 
liquidity position and external peer benchmarking data.  The result of this review directly influences management’s 
recommendations to our Board of Directors with respect to such staffing and compensation levels.

We anticipate that tax allocations and dividend equivalent payments to the members of our operating company, 
which  consists  of  certain  of  our  employees,  unaffiliated  persons,  former  employees,  and  us,  will  continue  to  be  a 
material financing activity.  Cash distributions to operating company members for partnership tax allocations would 
increase should the taxable income of the operating company increase.  Dividend equivalent payments will depend 
on our dividend policy and the discretion of our Board of Directors, as discussed below.

We believe that our lack of long-term debt, and ability to vary cash compensation levels, have provided us with 

an appropriate degree of flexibility in providing for our liquidity needs.

Dividend Policy

As we are a holding company and have no material assets other than our ownership of membership interests in 
our  operating  company,  we depend  upon  distributions from  our  operating  company  to pay  any  dividends  that  our 
Board  of  Directors  may  declare  to  be  paid  to  our  Class  A  common  stockholders.    When,  and  if,  our  Board  of 
Directors  declares  any  such  dividends,  we  then  cause  our  operating  company  to  make  distributions  to  us  in  an 
amount sufficient to cover the dividends declared.  Our dividend policy has certain risks and limitations, particularly 
with respect to liquidity.  We may not pay dividends to our Class A common shareholders in amounts that have been 
paid  to  them  in  the  past,  or  at  all,  if,  among  other  things,  we  do  not  have  the  cash  necessary  to  pay  our  intended 
dividends.  To the extent we do not have cash on hand sufficient to pay dividends in the future, we may decide not to 
pay dividends.  By paying cash dividends rather than investing that cash in our future growth, we risk slowing the 
pace  of  our  growth,  or  not  having  a  sufficient  amount  of  cash  to  fund  our  operations  or  unanticipated  capital 
expenditures, should the need arise.

On an annual basis, our Board of Directors has targeted a cash dividend payout ratio of approximately 60% to 
70%  of  our  as  adjusted  diluted  net  income,  subject  to  growth  initiatives  and  other  funding  needs.  However,  our 
Board  of  Directors  may,  in  its  discretion,  modify  the  level  of  dividends,  or  discontinue  the  payment  of  dividends 
entirely.

Our ability to pay dividends is subject to the Board of Directors’ discretion and may be limited by our holding 
company structure and applicable provisions of Delaware law.  See “Item 1A — Risk Factors — Risks Relating to 
Our Class A Common Stock — Our ability to pay dividends is subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors 
and may be limited by our holding company structure and applicable provisions of Delaware law.”

44

Tax Receivable Agreement

Our purchase of membership units of our operating company concurrent with our IPO, and the subsequent and 
future  exchanges  by  holders  of  Class  B  units  of  our  operating  company  for  shares  of  our  Class  A  common  stock 
(pursuant to the exchange rights provided for in the operating company’s operating agreement), has resulted in, and 
is expected to continue to result in, increases in our share of the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of our 
operating company, which will increase the tax depreciation and amortization deductions that otherwise would not 
have  been  available  to  us.    These  increases  in  tax  bases  and  tax  depreciation  and  amortization  deductions  have 
reduced, and are expected to continue to reduce, the amount of cash taxes that we would otherwise be required to 
pay  in  the  future.  We  have  entered  into  a  tax  receivable  agreement  with  the  current  members  of  our  operating 
company, the one member of our operating company immediately prior to our IPO who sold all of its membership 
units to us in connection with our IPO, and any future holders of Class B units, that requires us to pay them 85% of 
the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax that we actually realize (or are deemed 
to realize in the case of an early termination payment by us, or a change in control, as described in the tax receivable 
agreement) as a result of the increases in tax bases described above and certain other tax benefits related to entering 
into  the  tax  receivable  agreement,  including  tax  benefits  attributable  to  payments  under  the  tax  receivable 
agreement.

Cash Flows

Year Ended December 31, 2020 versus December 31, 2019

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash increased $13.1 million to $66.6 million in 2020 compared to $53.5 
million in 2019.  Net cash provided by operating activities decreased $27.3 million in 2020 to $51.3 million from 
$78.6 million in 2019.  The decrease primarily reflects a decrease in the levels of non-cash compensation, equity in 
the  earnings  of  affiliates,  net  realized  and  unrealized  gains  and  losses  from  investments,  as  well  as  changes  in 
operating assets and liabilities and working capital. 

Net  cash  provided  by  investing  activities  was  $24.1  million  in  2020  compared  to  $0.3  million  in  2019.    The 
$23.8 million increase in cash provided by investing activities was primarily due to a $26.0 million increase in net 
sales of investments and a $1.2 million decrease in purchases of property and equipment, partially offset by a $3.4 
million shift in payments to related parties.

Net  cash  used  in  financing  activities  decreased  $2.2  million  in  2020  to  $62.3  million  from  $64.5  million  in 
2019. This decrease is primarily due to a $2.2 million increase in cash provided by sales of shares under the equity 
incentive  plan  and  a  $0.8  million  decrease  in  dividends  paid,  partially  offset  by  a  $0.4  million  increase  in  net 
distributions from non-controlling interests and a $0.4 million decrease in the repurchase and retirement of shares of 
Class A common stock and Class B units during 2020. 

Contractual Obligations

We are a smaller reporting company as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and are 

not required to provide the information under this item.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2020.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The  preparation  of  our  consolidated  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally 
accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP"), requires management to make estimates and judgments 
that  affect  our  reported  amounts  of  assets,  liabilities,  revenues  and  expenses,  and  related  disclosure  of  contingent 
assets  and  liabilities.    We  base  our  estimates  on  historical  experience  and  on  various  other  assumptions  that  are 
believed  to  be  reasonable  under  current  circumstances,  the  results  of  which  form  the  basis  for  making  judgments 
about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily available from other sources.  We evaluate our 
estimates  on  an  ongoing  basis.    Actual  results  may  differ  from  these  estimates  under  different  assumptions  or 
conditions.

45

Accounting  policies  are  an  integral  part  of  our  financial  statements.    A  thorough  understanding  of  these 
accounting  policies  is  essential  when  reviewing  our  reported  results  of  operations  and  our  financial  condition.  
Management believes that the critical accounting policies discussed below involve additional management judgment 
due to the sensitivity of the methods and assumptions used.

Consolidation

Our  policy  is  to  consolidate  all  majority-owned  subsidiaries  in  which  we  have  a  controlling  financial  interest 
and variable-interest entities of which we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary.  We assess our consolidation 
practices  regularly,  as  circumstances  dictate.    All  significant  inter-company  transactions  and  balances  have  been 
eliminated.

Income Taxes

We are a “C” corporation under the Internal Revenue Code, and thus liable for federal, state and local taxes on 
the  income  derived  from  our  economic  interest  in  our  operating  company.    The  operating  company  is  a  limited 
liability company that has elected to be treated as a partnership for tax purposes.  Our operating company has not 
made a provision for federal or state income taxes because it is the responsibility of each of the operating company’s 
members (including us) to separately report their proportionate share of the operating company’s taxable income or 
loss.    Similarly,  the  income  of  our  consolidated  investment  partnerships  is  not  subject  to  income  taxes,  as  such 
income is allocated to each partnership’s individual partners. The operating company has made a provision for New 
York  City  Unincorporated  Business  Tax  (UBT)  and  its  consolidated  subsidiary  Pzena  Investment  Management, 
LTD has made a provision for U.K. income taxes.

We  recognize  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to  differences 
between  the  carrying  amounts  of  existing  assets  and  liabilities  and  their  respective  tax  bases,  net  operating  loss 
carryforwards and tax credits.  A valuation allowance is recorded on our deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-
than-not that all or a portion of such assets will not be realized.  When evaluating the realizability of our deferred tax 
assets,  all  evidence,  both  positive  and  negative,  is  evaluated,  which  requires  management  to  make  significant 
judgments  and  assumptions.    Items  considered  when  evaluating  the  need  for  a  valuation  allowance  include  our 
forecast  of  future  taxable  income,  future  reversals  of  existing  temporary  differences,  tax  planning  strategies  and 
other relevant considerations.

We  believe  that  the  accounting  estimate  related  to  the  valuation  allowance  is  a  critical  accounting  estimate 
because the underlying assumptions can change from period to period.  For example, tax law changes, or variances 
in future projected operating performance, could result in a change in the valuation allowance.  Each quarter, we re-
evaluate our estimate related to the valuation allowance, including our assumptions about future taxable income.  If 
we  are  not  able  to  realize  all  or  part  of  our  net  deferred  tax  assets  in  the  future,  a  valuation  allowance  would  be 
recorded  against  our  deferred  tax  asset  and  charged  to  income  tax  expense  in  the  period  such  determination  was 
made.

Management judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, evaluating our tax positions 
and  establishing  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities.  The  calculation  of  our  tax  liabilities  involves  dealing  with 
uncertainties  in  the  application  of  complex  tax  regulations.  If  the  ultimate  resolution  of  uncertainties  is  different 
from currently estimated, it could affect income tax expense and the effective tax rate.

46

Non-Cash Compensation

The Company uses a fair value method in recording the expense associated with the granting of Class B units, 
Class B-1 units, Delayed Exchange Class B units, phantom Delayed Exchange Class B units, options to purchase 
Class A common stock and Class B units, options to purchase Delayed Exchange Class B units, and shares of Class 
A common stock under the 2006 and 2007 Equity Incentive Plans; phantom Delayed Exchange Class B units under 
the Bonus Plan; and phantom shares of Class A common stock under the Director Plan. The fair value of awarded 
restricted  shares  of  Class  A  common  stock  under  the  2007  Equity  Incentive  Plan  and  phantom  shares  of  Class  A 
common  stock  under  the  Director  Plan  is  determined  based  on  the  closing  market  price  of  our  Class  A  common 
stock on the date of grant. The fair value of awarded Class B and Class B-1 units under the 2006 and 2007 Equity 
Incentive Plans are determined by reference to the market price of our Class A common stock on the date of grant, 
since Class B and Class B-1 units are exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock, adjusted for the impact 
of award terms on the value of the award. Certain of the restricted shares of Class A common stock are not entitled 
to  dividends  or  dividend  equivalents  while  unvested.  The  fair  value  of  these  awards  is  determined  based  on  the 
closing market price of our Class A common stock on the date of grant, net of the present value of the dividends 
using  the  applicable  risk-free  interest  rate.  The  Delayed  Exchange  Class  B  Units  have  a  seven  years  exchange 
limitation and are not entitled to any benefits under the tax receivable agreement. The fair value of these awards is 
determined based on the closing market price of our Class A common stock on the date of grant, net of the effects of 
these terms. The Class B-1 units are entitled to distributions for the duration of the holder’s employment and will 
participate in additional value to the extent there has been appreciation subsequent to the issuance of the Class B-1 
unit. The fair value of these awards is determined based on the present value of expected future dividends, an option 
pricing  model  where  the  strike  price  reflects  the  threshold  value  over  which  appreciation  is  recognized,  and  the 
impact of award terms on the value of the award. The Company also issued options to purchase Delayed Exchange 
Class  B  units.  The  fair  value  of  these  options  is  determined  using  an  option  pricing  model  where  the  strike  price 
reflects  the  fair  value  of  Delayed  Exchange  Class  B  units  on  the  date  of  grant.  Certain  of  the  phantom  Delayed 
Exchange Class B units are not entitled to dividends or dividend equivalents while unvested.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market Risk 

Our  exposure  to  market  risk  is  directly  related  to  our  role  as  investment  adviser  for  separate  accounts  we 

manage, funds we offer, and accounts for which we act as sub-investment adviser. 

Our revenue for the two years ended December 31, 2020 was generally derived from advisory fees, which are 
typically based on the market value of our AUM, which can be affected by adverse changes in interest rates, foreign 
currency exchange rates and equity prices. Accordingly, a decline in the prices of securities would cause our revenue 
and  income  to  decline,  due  to  a  decrease  in  the  value  of  the  assets  we  manage.  In  addition,  such  a  decline  could 
cause our clients to withdraw their funds in favor of investments offering higher returns or lower risk, which would 
cause our revenue and income to decline further. 

The value of our AUM was $43.3 billion as of December 31, 2020. A 10% increase or decrease in the value of 
our  AUM,  if  proportionately  distributed  over  all  of  our  investment  strategies,  products,  and  client  relationships, 
would  cause  an  annualized  increase  or  decrease  in  our  revenues  of  approximately  $17.6  million  at  our  current 
weighted average fee rate excluding the impact of performance fees and fulcrum fee arrangements of 0.407%. There 
are differences in our fee rates across distribution channels, investment strategies and the size of client relationships. 
As  such,  a  change  in  the  composition  of  our  AUM,  in  particular  an  increase  in  the  proportion  of  our  total  assets 
under  management  attributable  to  strategies,  clients  or  relationships  with  lower  effective  fee  rates,  could  have  a 
material negative impact on our overall weighted average fee rates and thus different impact to revenues on the same 
10% increase or decrease in the value of our AUM. 

We  are  also  subject  to  market  risk  due  to  a  decline  in  the  value  of  our  holdings  and  the  holdings  of  our 
consolidated subsidiaries, which as of December 31, 2020 consist primarily of equity securities at fair value, trading 
debt securities and investments in equity method investees. At December 31, 2020, the aggregate value of our assets 
subject to market risk was $34.1 million. At December 31, 2020, none of our liabilities were subject to market risk. 
Assuming a 10% increase or decrease, the fair value of these assets would increase or decrease by $3.4 million, at 
December 31, 2020. 

47

Exchange Rate Risk 

A substantial portion of the accounts that we advise, or sub-advise, hold investments that are denominated in 
currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Movements in the rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and the underlying 
foreign  currency  affect  the  values  of  assets  held  in  accounts  that  we  manage,  thereby  affecting  the  amount  of 
revenues we earn. The value of our AUM was $43.3 billion as of December 31, 2020 and approximately 38% of our 
assets  under  management  across  our  investment  strategies  were  invested  in  strategies  that  primarily  invest  in 
securities  of  non-U.S.  companies  and  approximately  49%  of  our  assets  under  management  were  invested  in 
securities  denominated  in  currencies  other  than  the  U.S.  dollar.  To  the  extent  our  assets  under  management  are 
denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, the value of those assets under management will decrease with 
an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar, or increase with a decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar. Because we 
believe that many of our clients invest in those strategies in order to gain exposure to non-U.S. currencies, or may 
implement their own hedging programs, we do not hedge an investment portfolio’s exposure to a non-U.S. currency.

We  have  not  adopted  a  corporate-level  risk  management  policy  to  manage  this  exchange  rate  risk.  Assuming 
that  49%  of  our  assets  under  management  is  invested  in  securities  denominated  in  currencies  other  than  the  U.S. 
dollar and excluding the impact of any hedging arrangements, a 10% increase or decrease in the value of the U.S. 
dollar would decrease or increase the fair value of our assets under management by $2.3 billion, which would cause 
an annualized increase or decrease in revenues of approximately $9.4 million at our current weighted average fee 
rate excluding the impact of performance fees and fulcrum fee arrangements of 0.407%.

We operate in several foreign countries, but mainly in the United Kingdom. We incur operating expenses and 
have foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities associated with these operations, although our revenues are 
predominately  realized  in  U.S.  dollar.  We  do  not  believe  that  foreign  currency  fluctuations  materially  affect  our 
results of operations.

Interest Rate Risk 

As of December 31, 2020, approximately $65.5 million of our total cash was primarily held in demand deposit 
accounts and money market funds. As such, interest rate changes would not have a material impact on the income 
we earn from these deposits. Our interest sensitive assets and liabilities include trading debt securities. At December 
31, 2020, the aggregate value of our assets subject to interest rate risk was $7.3 million. Assuming a 10% increase or 
decrease,  the  fair  value  of  these  assets  would  increase  or  decrease  by  $0.7  million,  at  December  31,  2020.    In 
addition, the Company does not have any debt, and as a result does not have any direct exposure to interest rate risk 
at December 31, 2020.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  and  notes  thereto  begin  on  page  F-4  of  this  Annual  Report  and  are 

incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 9. CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND 

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

48

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

During  the  course  of  their  review  of  our  consolidated  financial  statements  as  of  December 31,  2020,  our 
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our 
disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act. Based on that evaluation, our 
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of December 31, 2020, our disclosure 
controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Rule  13a-15(e)  under  the  Exchange  Act)  were  effective  to  ensure  that 
information  we  are  required  to  disclose  in  reports  that  we  file  or  submit  under  the  Exchange  Act  is  recorded, 
processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  SEC  rules  and  forms,  and  that  such 
information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  our  financial 
reporting,  as  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f)  under  the  Exchange  Act.  Our  internal  control  system  is 
designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of 
our  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the 
United States of America. There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any internal controls, including the 
possibility  of  human  error  and  the  circumvention  or  overriding  of  controls.  Accordingly,  even  effective  internal 
controls can provide only reasonable assurances with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, because of 
changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal controls may vary over time.

Our  management,  with  the  participation  of  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  our  Chief  Financial  Officer,  has 
assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020. In making this 
assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission (COSO) in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013).

Based  on  the  assessment  using  those  criteria,  management  concluded  that,  as  of  December 31,  2020,  our 

internal control over financial reporting was effective.

PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP,  the  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  that  audited  the  financial 
statements  included  in  this  Annual  Report  have  issued  an  audit  report  on  our  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting. This report appears on page F-2 of this Annual Report.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There  have  not  been  any  changes  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  during  the  quarter  ended 
December 31, 2020 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control 
over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

49

PART III.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this Item will be set forth under the proposal “Election of Directors” and under the 
heading "Other Matters" in the Company’s 2021 Proxy Statement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange 
Commission (“SEC”) within 120 days after December 31, 2020 in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the 
Company’s 2021 annual meeting of shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference ("Company's 2021 Proxy 
Statement").

The  Company  has  a  code  of  ethics,  “Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics,”  that  applies  to  all  employees, 
including the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer and principal accounting officer, 
as well as to the members of the Board of Directors of the Company. The code is available at www.pzena.com. The 
Company intends to disclose any changes in, or waivers from, this code by posting such information on the same 
website or by filing a Form 8-K, in each case to the extent such disclosure is required by rules of the SEC or the 
New York Stock Exchange.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The  information  required  by  this  Item  will  be  set  forth  under  the  headings  “Executive  Compensation”  and 
"2020 Non-Employee Director Compensation" in the Company’s 2021 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein 
by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The  information  required  by  this  Item  will  be  set  forth  under  the  headings  “Security  Ownership  of  Principal 
Stockholders  and  Management,”  and  "Equity  Compensation  Plan  Information,"  in  the  Company’s  2021  Proxy 
Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  RELATED  TRANSACTIONS,  AND  DIRECTOR 

INDEPENDENCE

The  information  required  by  this  Item  will  be  set  forth  under  the  heading  “Related  Party  Transactions”  and 
under the subheading “Director Independence” under the proposal "Election of Directors” in the Company’s 2021 
Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The  information  required  by  this  Item  will  be  set  forth  under  the  proposal  “Ratification  of  Independent 

Auditors” in the Company’s 2021 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

50

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report:

PART IV

1. Financial Statements

Pzena Investment Management, Inc.

Page

Report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm .................................... F-2
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 .............................................. F-5
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 .................................... F-6
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019................ F-7
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 ........................ F-8
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019................................... F-9
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ..............................................................................................................F-10

2. Financial Statement Schedules

There are no Financial Statement Schedules filed as part of this Annual Report, since the required information is 

included in our consolidated financial statements and in the notes thereto.

3. Exhibit List

We  have  incorporated  by  reference  herein  certain  exhibits  as  specified  below  pursuant  to  Rule  12b-32  of  the 
Exchange Act. If specific material facts exist which contradict the representations and warranties contained in the 
documents filed or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report, corrective disclosure has been provided.

Additional  information  about  us  may  be  found  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report,  and  our  other  public  filings, 
which are available without charge through the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov, as well as through our website 
at www.pzena.com.

Exhibit
3.1

3.2

4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4

4.5

4.6
10.1

10.2

10.3

Description of Exhibit

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Pzena Investment Management, Inc., 
effective as of May 23, 2017(1)
Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Pzena Investment Management, Inc., effective as of January 
15, 2016(2)
Form of Pzena Investment Management, Inc. Class A Common Stock Certificate(3)
Form of Exchange Rights of Class B Members(4) 
Form of Exchange Rights of Class B-1 Members(4)
Resale and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2007, by and among Pzena 
Investment Management, Inc. and the Holders named on the signature pages thereto(5)
Class B Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2007, by and among Pzena Investment 
Management, Inc. and the Class B Stockholders named on the signature pages thereto(5)
Description of Capital Stock(4)
Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Pzena Investment Management, LLC, dated as of 
December 30, 2019, by and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc. and the Class B Members 
named on the signature pages thereto(4)
Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2007, by and among Pzena Investment 
Management, Inc., Pzena Investment Management, LLC and the Continuing Members and Exiting 
Members named on the signature pages thereto(5)
Pzena Investment Management, LLC Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan(6)

51

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10

10.11

10.12

10.13

10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17

10.18

10.19

10.20

10.21

10.22
10.23

10.24
10.25
10.26
10.27
10.28

10.29

Pzena Investment Management, LLC Amended and Restated Bonus Plan, as amended, dated as of 
October 21, 2008(7)
Pzena Investment Management, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, dated as of January 31, 
2017(6)
Executive Employment Agreement for Richard S. Pzena, dated as of October 30, 2007, by and among 
Pzena Investment Management, Inc., Pzena Investment Management, LLC and Richard S. Pzena(5)
Executive Employment Agreement for John P. Goetz, dated as of October 30, 2007, by and among 
Pzena Investment Management, Inc., Pzena Investment Management, LLC and John P. Goetz(5)
Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement for William L. Lipsey, dated as of October 
30, 2007, by and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc., Pzena Investment Management, LLC and 
William L. Lipsey(5)
Indemnification Agreement for Richard S. Pzena, dated as of October 30, 2007, by and among Pzena 
Investment Management, Inc. and Richard S. Pzena(5)
Indemnification Agreement for Steven M. Galbraith, dated as of October 30, 2007, by and among Pzena 
Investment Management, Inc. and Steven M. Galbraith(5)
Indemnification Agreement for Joel M. Greenblatt, dated as of October 30, 2007, by and among Pzena 
Investment Management, Inc. and Joel M. Greenblatt(5)
Indemnification Agreement for Richard P. Meyerowich, dated as of October 30, 2007, by and among 
Pzena Investment Management, Inc. and Richard P. Meyerowich(5)
Indemnification Agreement for John P. Goetz, dated as of May 17, 2011, by and among Pzena 
Investment Management, Inc. and John P. Goetz(8)
Indemnification Agreement for William L. Lipsey, dated as of May 17, 2011, by and among Pzena 
Investment Management, Inc. and William L. Lipsey(8)
Pzena Investment Management, Inc. Non-Employee Director Deferred Compensation Plan, dated as of 
July 21, 2009 (9)
Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement for Richard S. Pzena, dated as of November 1, 2012, 
by and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc., Pzena Investment Management, LLC, and Richard 
S. Pzena(10)
Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement for John P. Goetz, dated as of November 1, 2012, by 
and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc., Pzena Investment Management, LLC, and John P. 
Goetz(10)
Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement for William L. Lipsey, dated 
as of November 1, 2012, by and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc., Pzena Investment 
Management, LLC, and William L. Lipsey(10)
Amendment, dated as of November 12, 2012, to Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of October 30, 
2007, by and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc., Pzena Investment Management, LLC and the 
Continuing Members and Exiting Members named on the signature pages thereto (11)
Indemnification Agreement for Charles D. Johnston, dated as of February 5, 2014, by and among Pzena 
Investment Management, Inc. and Charles D. Johnston (12)
Lease, dated as of June 13, 2014, between Mutual of America Life Insurance Company, as Landlord and 
Pzena Investment Management, LLC, as Tenant (13)
Form of Class B-1 Unit Agreement – Immediate Vesting(4)
Amendment to the Pzena Investment Management, LLC Amended and Restated Bonus Plan, dated 
December 2, 2014(14)
Form of Unit-Based Award Agreement for Phantom Class B Units(14)
Form of Class B Unit Agreement - Delayed Exchange (14)
Form of Class B Unit-Based Agreement for Phantom Class B Units - Revised December, 2015(15)
Form of Class B Unit Agreement - Delayed Exchange - Revised December, 2015(15)
Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Pzena Investment Management, LP, dated 
as of December 30, 2019(4)
Form of Class B Unit Option Agreement - Delayed Exchange (16)

52

10.30

10.31

10.32

14.1

14.2
21.1
23.1

31.1
31.2
32.1

32.2

101

104

Amendment, dated as of December 18, 2017, to Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of October 30, 
2007, as amended by and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc., Pzena Investment Management, 
LLC and the Continuing Members and Exiting Members named on the signature pages thereto (16)
First Amendment of Lease dated November 8th, 2018 amending the Lease, dated as of June 13, 2014, 
between Mutual of America Life Insurance Company, as Landlord and Pzena Investment Management, 
LLC as Tenant(17)
Indemnification Agreement for Shavar Jeffries, dated as of January 26, 2021, by and among Pzena 
Investment Management, Inc. and Shavar Jeffries(18)
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, effective as of October 25, 2007, amended as of June 30, 2020 
(filed herewith) 
Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers(19)
List of Subsidiaries of Pzena Investment Management, Inc. (filed herewith)
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (filed 
herewith)
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a) (filed herewith)
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a) (filed herewith)
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith)
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith)
Materials from the Pzena Investment Management, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2020, formatted in Inline XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language):
(i) Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations,
(iii) Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and
(vi) related Unaudited Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged in detail
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted in Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

(1) Previously filed as an exhibit to our current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 24, 2017 (SEC 

File No. 001-33761).

(2) Previously filed as an exhibit to our current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 19, 2016 

(SEC File No. 001-33761).

(3) Previously  filed  as  an  exhibit  to  Amendment  No.  4  of  the  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1  (No.  333-143660)  of  Pzena  Investment 

Management, Inc., which was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 22, 2007.

(4) Previously filed as an exhibit to our annual report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 10, 2020 

(SEC File No. 001-33761). 

(5) Previously filed as an exhibit to our quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 5, 

2007 (SEC File No. 001-33761).

(6) Previously filed as an exhibit to our quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 8, 2017 

(SEC File No. 001-33761).

(7) Previously filed as an exhibit to our quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 13, 

2008 (SEC File No. 001-33761).

(8) Previously filed as an exhibit to our annual report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 14, 2012 

(SEC File No. 001-33761).

(9) Previously filed as an exhibit to our quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 

2009 (SEC File No. 001-33761).

(10) Previously filed as an exhibit to our current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 2, 2012 

(SEC File No. 001-33761).

(11) Previously filed as an exhibit to our annual report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 12, 2013 

(SEC File No. 001-33761).

(12) Previously filed as an exhibit to our current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 30, 2014 

(SEC File No. 001-33761).

(13) Previously filed as an exhibit to our quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2014 

(SEC File No. 001-33761).

53

(14) Previously filed as an exhibit to our annual report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2015 

(SEC File No. 001-33761)

(15) Previously filed as an exhibit to our annual report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 14, 2016 

(SEC File No. 001-33761).

(16) Previously filed as an exhibit to our annual report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 9, 2018 

(SEC File No. 001-33761).

(17) Previously filed as an exhibit to our annual report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 8, 2019 

(SEC File No. 001-33761).

(18) Previously filed as an exhibit to our current report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 28, 2021 

(SEC File No. 001-33761).  

(19) Previously filed as an exhibit to our annual report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2008 

(SEC File No. 001-33761). 

ITEM 16. FORM OF 10-K SUMMARY

None.

54

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Pzena Investment 
Management,  Inc.  has  duly  caused  this  report  to  be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly 
authorized.

SIGNATURES

Dated: March 9, 2021

Pzena Investment Management, Inc.

By: /s/ Richard S. Pzena

Name: Richard S. Pzena
Title: Chief Executive Officer

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Jessica R. Doran and Joan F. Berger, and 
each  of  them,  his  or  her  true  and  lawful  attorneys-in-fact  and  agents,  with  full  power  of  substitution  and 
resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all 
amendments to this Annual Report, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection 
therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each 
of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done 
to  effectuate  the  intent  and  purpose  of  this  paragraph,  as  fully  as  he  or  she  might  or  could  do  in  person,  hereby 
ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his or her substitute or 
substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 

following persons on behalf of Pzena Investment Management, Inc. and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

SIGNATURE

TITLE

DATE

/s/ Richard S. Pzena

Richard S. Pzena

/s/ Jessica R. Doran

Jessica R. Doran

/s/ John P. Goetz

John P. Goetz

/s/ William L. Lipsey

William L. Lipsey

/s/ Steven M. Galbraith

Steven M. Galbraith

/s/ Joel M. Greenblatt

Joel M. Greenblatt

/s/ Richard P. Meyerowich

Richard P. Meyerowich

/s/ Charles D. Johnston

Charles D. Johnston

/s/ Shavar D. Jeffries

Shavar D. Jeffries

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, 
Co-Chief Investment Officer (principal executive officer)

Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial and accounting officer)

President, Co-Chief Investment Officer, Director

President, Head of Business Development and 
Client Service, Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

55

March 9, 2021

March 9, 2021

March 9, 2021

March 9, 2021

March 9, 2021

March 9, 2021

March 9, 2021

March 9, 2021

March 9, 2021

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF
PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.

Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
Report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ...............................................

F-2

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 .........................................................

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019...............................................

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 ..........................

F-7

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019...................................

F-8

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019..............................................

F-9

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.........................................................................................................................

F-10

Page

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Pzena Investment Management, Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  financial  condition  of  Pzena  Investment 
Management,  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries  (the  “Company”)  as  of  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  and  the  related 
consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the two 
years in the period ended December 31, 2020, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the consolidated 
financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 
31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee 
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the 
financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash 
flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020 in conformity with accounting principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material 
respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in 
Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The  Company's  management  is  responsible  for  these  consolidated  financial  statements,  for  maintaining  effective 
internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial 
reporting, included in the Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 
9A.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  opinions  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  and  on  the 
Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered 
with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent 
with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform  the  audits  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of 
material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting 
was maintained in all material respects.  

Our  audits  of the  consolidated financial  statements included performing procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of material 
misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that 
respond  to  those  risks.  Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and 
disclosures  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles 
used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  presentation  of  the 
consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  audit  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  obtaining  an 
understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  and 
testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our 
audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe 
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

F-2

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (i)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail, 
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable 
assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance 
with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made 
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable 
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become 
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may 
deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated 
financial  statements  that  was  communicated  or  required  to  be  communicated  to  the  audit  committee  and  that  (i) 
relates  to  accounts  or  disclosures  that  are  material  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  (ii)  involved  our 
especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter 
in  any  way  our  opinion  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  taken  as  a  whole,  and  we  are  not,  by 
communicating  the  critical  audit  matter  below,  providing  a  separate  opinion  on  the  critical  audit  matter  or  on  the 
accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Income Taxes – Deferred Tax Assets and the Related Liability to Selling and Converting Shareholders Under the 
Tax Receivable Agreement     

As described in Notes 2 and 13 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has recorded a deferred tax 
assets  (“DTA”)  balance  of  $29.8  million  as  of  December  31,  2020  while  the  liability  to  selling  and  converting 
shareholders  under  the  tax  receivable  agreement  (“TRA”)  was  $25.7  million.  These  DTAs  primarily  reflect  the 
future tax benefits associated with the Company's initial public offering, and the subsequent and future exchanges by 
holders  of  Class  B  units  of  the  operating  company  for  shares  of  Class  A  common  stock  (“Exchanges”).  The 
Company records an increase in DTAs for the estimated income tax effects of the increases in tax basis based on 
enacted  federal  and  state  tax  rates  at  the  date  of  the  Exchanges.  The  Company  records  85%  of  the  estimated 
realizable  tax  benefit  (which  is  the  recorded  DTA  less  any  recorded  valuation  allowance)  as  an  increase  to  the 
liability due under the TRA, which is reflected as the liability to selling and converting shareholders. As disclosed 
by management, the actual increase in the tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the 
TRA,  may  vary  depending  on  a  number  of  factors,  including  the  timing  of  Exchanges,  the  price  of  the  Class  A 
common stock at the time of the Exchange, the extent to which such Exchanges are taxable, the amount and timing 
of  income,  and  the  tax  rates  and  related  laws  then  applicable.  The  determination  of  the  tax  basis  also  requires 
management to make judgments in estimating the components included in the tax basis as of the date of Exchanges 
(such  as  cash  to  be  received  by  the  Company  on  hypothetical  sale  of  assets  and  allocation  of  gain/loss  to  the 
Company at the time of the Exchanges taking into account complex partnership tax rules). In addition, management 
estimates the period of time that may generate cash tax savings of such tax benefits and the realizability of the tax 
benefits.

F-3

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to deferred tax assets and the 
related liability to selling and converting shareholders under the tax receivable agreement is a critical audit matter 
are (i) the significant judgment by management to determine the impact of the change in tax basis, resulting from the 
Exchanges  in  2020,  on  the  DTA  and  the  related  liabilities  under  the  TRA,  which  in  turn  led  to  a  high  degree  of 
auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and evaluating management’s determination of 
the change in tax basis, the likelihood of the Company having sufficient future taxable income to utilize the deferred 
tax asset, and the tax rate then applicable and (ii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized 
skill and knowledge.

Addressing  the  matter  involved  performing  procedures  and  evaluating  audit  evidence  in  connection  with  forming 
our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of 
controls relating to income taxes, including controls over the DTAs and the related liabilities under the TRA. These 
procedures also included, among others (i) testing management’s process for estimating the DTAs and the related 
liabilities under the TRA, (ii) evaluating the reasonableness of the determination of (a) the change in tax basis from 
the Exchanges in 2020 and (b) the likelihood of the Company having sufficient future taxable income to utilize the 
DTA  and  the  tax  rate  then  applicable;  and  (iii)  testing  the  completeness  and  accuracy  of  the  data  used  by 
management in the determination of the change in tax basis, future taxable income, and the tax rate then applicable. 
Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in testing management's determination of the 
change in tax basis and evaluating the appropriateness of the application of the tax laws.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York
March 9, 2021

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

F-4

PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
(in thousands, except share and per-share amounts)

ASSETS

Cash and Cash Equivalents ($2,201 and $4,190)1
Restricted Cash
Due from Broker ($0 and $145)1
Advisory Fees Receivable
Investments ($1,131 and $3,813)1
Receivable from Related Parties
Other Receivables ($8 and $10)1
Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets
Right-of-use Asset
Deferred Tax Assets
Property and Equipment, Net of Accumulated Depreciation of $5,980 and 
$4,765, respectively
TOTAL ASSETS
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

Liabilities:

Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses ($28 and $19)1
Due to Broker ($2 and $0)1
Securities Sold Short, at Fair Value
Liability to Selling and Converting Shareholders
Lease Liability
Deferred Compensation Liability
Other Liabilities

TOTAL LIABILITIES

Commitments and Contingencies (see Note 12)
Equity:

Preferred Stock (Par Value $0.01; 200,000,000 Shares Authorized; None 
Outstanding)
Class A Common Stock (Par Value $0.01; 750,000,000 Shares 
Authorized; 17,328,899 and 18,009,350 Shares Issued and Outstanding in 
2020 and 2019, respectively)
Class B Common Stock (Par Value $0.000001; 750,000,000 Shares 
Authorized; 54,313,620 and 52,879,323 Shares Issued and Outstanding in 
2020 and 2019, respectively)
Additional Paid-In Capital
Retained Earnings
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Total Pzena Investment Management, Inc.'s Equity

Non-Controlling Interests
TOTAL EQUITY
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

  $

  $

  $

  $

As of

December 31,
2020

December 31,
2019

65,534    $
1,050   
87   
36,524   
34,104   
2,880   
154   
2,569   
11,578   
29,831   

52,480 
1,036 
149 
32,887 
55,934 
1,869 
599 
2,408 
13,860 
32,683 

4,376   
188,687    $

5,547 
199,452 

36,317    $
56   
714   
25,701   
11,905   
5,039   
—   
79,732   

—   

173   

—   
5,190   
25,611   
132   
31,106   
77,849   
108,955   
188,687    $

44,713 
40 
— 
28,652 
14,235 
3,600 
2 
91,242 

— 

179 

— 
4,829 
26,439 
(3)
31,444 
76,766 
108,210 
199,452  

1

Asset  and  liability  amounts  in  parentheses  represent  the  aggregated  balances  at  December 31,  2020  and  2019  attributable  to  Pzena 
Investment Management Special Situations, LLC, Pzena U.S. Best Ideas (GP), LLC, and Pzena Global Best Ideas (GP), LLC which were 
variable  interest  entities  as  of  December  31,  2020  and  December  31,  2019,  respectively.  Asset  and  liability  amounts  in  parentheses  at 
December 31, 2020 are also attributable to Pzena Global Focused Value Fund. Asset and liability amounts in parentheses at December 31, 
2019 are also attributable to Pzena International Value Service (a series of Pzena Investment Management International, LLC).

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except share and per-share amounts)

REVENUE
EXPENSES
Compensation and Benefits Expenses
General and Administrative Expenses

TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES

Operating Income
OTHER INCOME
Interest Income
Interest Expense
Dividend Income
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains from Investments
Equity in the (Losses)/ Earnings of Affiliates
Other Income/ (Expense)
Total Other Income

Income Before Income Taxes
Income Tax Expense
Net Income
Less: Net Income Attributable to Non-Controlling Interests
Net Income Attributable to Pzena Investment Management, Inc.

Net Income for Basic Earnings per Share
Basic Earnings per Share
Basic Weighted Average Shares Outstanding

Net Income for Diluted Earnings per Share
Diluted Earnings per Share
Diluted Weighted Average Shares Outstanding1

Cash Dividends per Share of Class A Common Stock

For the Years Ended December 31,

2020

2019

  $

138,619    $

150,746 

68,487   
14,859   
83,346   
55,273   

466   
(16)  
329   
630   
(929)  
72   
552   
55,825   
4,287   
51,538   
42,664   
8,874    $

88,109 
16,973 
105,082 
45,664 

1,039 
(48)
440 
2,270 
1,966 
(60)
5,607 
51,271 
5,795 
45,476 
37,014 
8,462 

8,874    $
0.52    $

17,208,174   

8,462 
0.47 
17,945,686 

40,766    $
0.52    $

79,143,710   

34,046 
0.46 
74,199,308 

0.55    $

0.58  

  $

  $
  $

  $
  $

  $

1

The Company issues restricted shares of Class A common stock and the operating company issues restricted Class B units that have non-
forfeitable dividend rights. Under the “two-class method,” these shares and units are considered participating securities and are required to 
be included in the computation of diluted earnings per share.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in thousands)

For the Years Ended December 31,

2020

2019

  $

51,538    $

45,476 

565     
565     
52,103     
43,094     

143 
143 
45,619 
37,195 

9,009    $

8,424  

NET INCOME
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment
Total Other Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive Income

Less: Comprehensive Income Attributable to Non-Controlling Interests
Total Comprehensive Income Attributable to Pzena Investment Management, 
Inc.

  $

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-7

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
(in thousands, except share and per-share amounts)

Shares of Class A
Common Stock

Shares of Class B
Common Stock

Class A
Common Stock

Additional Paid-In
Capital

Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income/
(Loss)

Balance at December 31, 2018

18,398,211 

51,253,526 

$

183 

$

Unit Conversion
Amortization of Non-Cash Compensation
Issuance of Shares under Equity Incentive Plan
Sale of Shares Under Equity Incentive Plan
Directors' Shares
Net Income
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments
Options Exercised
Repurchase and Retirement of Class A Common Stock
Repurchase and Retirement of Class B Units
Contributions from Non-Controlling Interests
Distributions to Non-Controlling Interests
Class A Cash Dividends Declared and Paid ($0.58 per 
share)
Tax Impact of Transactions with Non-Controlling 
Shareholders
Other
Balance at December 31, 2019

Unit Conversion
Amortization of Non-Cash Compensation
Issuance of Shares under Equity Incentive Plan
Sale of Shares Under Equity Incentive Plan
Modification
Directors' Shares
Net Income
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments
Options Exercised
Repurchase and Retirement of Class A Common Stock
Repurchase and Retirement of Class B Units
Effect of Deconsolidation
Contributions from Non-Controlling Interests
Distributions to Non-Controlling Interests
Class A Cash Dividends Declared and Paid ($0.55 per 
share)
Tax Impact of Transactions with Non-Controlling 
Shareholders
Other
Balance at December 31, 2020

234,602 
20,000 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
90,980 
(734,443)
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
18,009,350 

494,316 
20,000 
— 
— 
16,806 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(1,211,573)
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
17,328,899 

(234,602)
1,294,024 
715,874 
19,338 
— 

— 
29,377 
— 
(198,214)
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
52,879,323 

$

(494,316)
859,811 
637,349 
554,860 
(16,806)
— 
— 
— 
603 
— 
(107,204)
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
54,313,620 

$

2 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
1 
(7)
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
179 

5 
1 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(12)
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
173 

$

$

3,913 

712 
6,050 
1,065 
30 
157 
— 
— 
10 
(4,802)
(380)
— 

— 

(744)
(1,182)
4,829 

1,007 
1,838 
890 
523 
— 
103 
— 
— 
— 
(1,723)
(131)
— 
— 

— 

(239)
(1,907)
5,190 

$

$

$

35 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(38)
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
(3)

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
135 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
132 

Retained Earnings

$

28,871 

$

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
8,462 
— 
— 
(338)
— 
— 
— 

(10,556)

— 
— 
26,439 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
8,874 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

(9,702)

— 
— 
25,611 

$

$

$

$

Non-Controlling
Interests

Total

66,006 

(331)
17,689 
3,022 
87 
454 
37,014 
181 
(11)
(1,269)
(1,096)
126 
(46,288)

— 

— 
1,182 
76,766 

(622)
6,327 
2,952 
1,772 
— 
352 
42,664 
430 
— 
(5,928)
(509)
(1,685)
1,013 
(47,590)

— 

— 
1,907 
77,849 

$

$

$

99,008 

383 
23,739 
4,087 
117 
611 
45,476 
143 
— 
(6,416)
(1,476)
126 
(46,288)

(10,556)

(744)
— 
108,210 

390 
8,166 
3,842 
2,295 
— 
455 
51,538 
565 
— 
(7,663)
(640)
(1,685)
1,013 
(47,590)

(9,702)

(239)
— 
108,955  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Net Income

Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided by Operating 
Activities:

For the Years Ended December 31,

2020

2019

  $

51,538    $

45,476 

Depreciation
Loss on Disposal of Fixed Assets
Non-Cash Compensation
Directors' Share Grants
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains from Investments
Equity in the Losses/ (Earnings) of Affiliates
Accretion of Discount
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment
Noncash Lease Expense
Change in Liability to Selling and Converting Shareholders
Deferred Income Taxes

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities:

Advisory Fees Receivable
Due from Broker
Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets
Due to Broker
Accounts Payable, Accrued Expenses, and Other Liabilities
Tax Receivable Agreement Payments
Change in Lease Liability
Purchases of Investments
Proceeds from Sale of Investments

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchases of Investments
Proceeds from Sale of Investments
Payments (to)/ from Related Parties
Purchase of Property and Equipment
Net Cash Provided by Investing Activities

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Repurchase and Retirement of Class A Common Stock
Repurchase and Retirement of Class B Units
Sale of Shares under Equity Incentive Plan
Distributions to Non-Controlling Interests
Contributions from Non-Controlling Interests
Dividends

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

NET CHANGE IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH

CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH — Beginning of Year

Effect of Deconsolidation of Affiliates
Net Change in Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH — End of Year

Supplementary Cash Flow Information:

Unit Conversion
Issuance of Shares under Equity Incentive Plan
Income Taxes Paid
Initial Recognition of Lease at Commencement

  $

  $

  $

  $
  $
  $
  $

1,214   
—   
13,204   
455   
(630)  
929   
—   
565   
2,282   
(213)  
3,432   

(3,637)  
(113)  
273   
16   
(8,442)  
(2,881)  
(2,330)  
(23,935)  
19,602   
51,329   

(25,169)  
50,371   
(1,011)  
(43)  
24,148   

(7,662)  
(640)  
2,295   
(47,590)  
1,013   
(9,702)  
(62,286)  
13,191    $

53,516    $
(123)  
13,191   
66,584    $

390    $
3,842    $
562    $
—    $

1,039 
30 
30,093 
611 
(2,270)
(1,966)
(224)
143 
1,942 
(346)
4,200 

(297)
(320)
(1,147)
(85)
7,434 
(3,689)
(1,840)
(16,498)
16,293 
78,579 

(27,889)
27,044 
2,370 
(1,222)
303 

(6,416)
(1,476)
117 
(46,288)
126 
(10,556)
(64,493)
14,389 

39,127 
— 
14,389 
53,516 

383 
4,087 
1,646 

644  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-9

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 — Organization

Pzena Investment Management, Inc. (the “Company”) functions as the sole managing member of its operating 
company,  Pzena  Investment  Management,  LLC  (the  “operating  company”).    As  a  result,  the  Company:  (i) 
consolidates the financial results of the operating company and reflects the membership interests that it does not own 
as a non-controlling interest in its consolidated financial statements; and (ii) recognizes income generated from its 
economic interest in the operating company’s net income.

The operating company is an investment adviser which is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 
and is headquartered in New York, New York.  As of December 31, 2020, the operating company managed assets in 
a variety of value-oriented investment strategies across a wide range of market capitalizations in both U.S. and non-
U.S. capital markets.

The Company also serves as the general partner of Pzena Investment Management, LP, a partnership formed 

with the objective of aggregating employee ownership in the operating company into one entity.

The Company has consolidated the results of operations and financial condition of the following entities as of 

December 31, 2020:

Legal Entity
Pzena Investment Management, Pty

  Type of Entity (Date of Formation)
  Australian Proprietary Limited Company 

(12/16/2009)

Pzena Financial Services, LLC

  Delaware Limited Liability Company 

(10/15/2013)

Ownership at
December 31,
2020

100.0%

100.0%

Pzena Investment Management, LTD

  England and Wales Private Limited Company 

100.0%

(1/08/2015)

Pzena U.S. Best Ideas (GP), LLC

  Delaware Limited Liability Company 

(11/16/2017)

Pzena Global Best Ideas (GP), LLC

  Delaware Limited Liability Company 

(2/15/2018)

Pzena Investment Management International 2, 
LLC
Pzena Investment Management Special 
Situations, LLC
Pzena Global Focused Value Fund

  Delaware Limited Liability Company 

(1/21/2020)

  Delaware Limited Liability Company 

(12/01/2010)

  Australian Registered Investment Scheme 

(6/10/2016)

Pzena International Small Cap Value Fund, a 
series of Advisors Series Trust

  Open-end Management Investment Company,
series of Delaware Statutory Trust (6/28/2018)

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

99.9%

98.7%

60.1%

Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation:

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted 
in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and related Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules and 
regulations.

Principles of Consolidation: 

The Company’s policy is to consolidate those entities in which it has a direct or indirect controlling financial 
interest based on either the voting interest model or the variable interest model.  As such, the Company consolidates 
majority-owned  subsidiaries  in  which  it  has  a  controlling  financial  interest,  and  certain  investment  vehicles  the 
operating company sponsors for which it is the investment adviser that are considered to be variable-interest entities 
(“VIEs”), and for which the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary.

F-10

 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Pursuant to the Consolidation Topic of the FASB Accounting Standard Codification ("FASB ASC"), for legal 
entities evaluated for consolidation, the Company determines whether interests it holds and fees paid to it qualify as 
a  variable  interest.  If  it  is  determined  that  the  Company  does  not  have  a  variable  interest  in  the  entity,  no  further 
analysis is required, and the Company does not consolidate the entity.  If it is determined that the Company has a 
variable  interest,  it  considers  its  direct  economic  interests  and  the  proportionate  indirect  interests  through  related 
parties to determine if it is the primary beneficiary of the VIE.

For  equity  investments  where  the  Company  does  not  control  the  investee,  and  where  it  is  not  the  primary 
beneficiary of a VIE but can exert significant influence over the financial and operating policies of the investee, the 
Company  follows  the  equity  method  of  accounting.    The  evaluation  of  whether  the  Company  exerts  control  or 
significant influence over the financial and operating policies of the investee requires significant judgment based on 
the facts and circumstances surrounding each investment. Factors considered in these evaluations may include the 
type of investment, the legal structure of the investee, the terms of the investment agreement, or other agreements 
with the investee.

The Company analyzes entities structured as series funds which comply with the requirements included in the 
Investment Company Act of 1940 for registered mutual funds as voting interest entities because the shareholders are 
deemed  to  have  the  ability  to  direct  the  activities  of  the  fund  that  most  significantly  impact  the  fund's  economic 
performance.

Consolidated Entities

The Company consolidates the financial results of the operating company and records in its own equity its pro-
rata  share  of  transactions  that  impact  the  operating  company’s  net  equity,  including  unit  and  option  issuances, 
repurchases,  and  retirements.  The  operating  company’s  pro-rata  share  of  such  transactions  are  recorded  as  an 
adjustment to additional paid-in capital or non-controlling interests, as applicable, on the consolidated statements of 
financial condition.

The  majority-owned  subsidiaries  in  which  the  Company,  through  its  interest  in  the  operating  company,  has  a 
controlling  financial  interest  and  the  VIEs  for  which  the  Company  is  deemed  to  be  the  primary  beneficiary  are 
collectively  referred  to  as  “consolidated  subsidiaries.”  Non-controlling  interests  recorded  on  the  consolidated 
financial statements of the Company include the non-controlling interests of the outside investors in each of these 
entities, as well as those of the operating company.  All significant inter-company transactions and balances have 
been eliminated through consolidation.

On January 1, 2020, the Company redeemed its investment in the Pzena International Value Service (a series of 
Pzena Investment Management International, LLC). As the Company was no longer deemed the primary beneficiary 
of this entity, it deconsolidated the entity and removed the related assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interest from 
the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. At December 31, 2019, Pzena International Value 
Service’s $4.1 million in net assets were included in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition.

During  2020,  the  Company  provided  the  initial  cash  investment  for  a  Pzena-branded  Australian  Registered 
Investment  Scheme,  Pzena  Global  Focused  Value  Fund,  in  an  effort  to  generate  an  investment  performance  track 
record  to  attract  third-party  investors.  The  Company  is  considered  the  primary  beneficiary  of  this  entity.  At 
December 31, 2020, Pzena Global Focused Value Fund’s $3.6 million in net assets were included in the Company’s 
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

These  consolidated  investment  partnerships  are  investment  companies  and  apply  specialized  industry 
accounting for investment companies. The Company has retained this specialized accounting for these investment 
partnerships pursuant to U.S. GAAP.

Non-Consolidated Variable Interest Entities

VIEs  that  are  not  consolidated  continue  to  receive  investment  management  services  from  the  operating 
company  and  are  generally  private  investment  partnerships  sponsored  by  the  operating  company.    The  total  net 
assets of these VIEs was approximately $265.9 million and $247.8 million at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 
2019, respectively. 

F-11

Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

As  of  December 31,  2020  and  December 31,  2019,  in  order  to  satisfy  certain  of  the  Company's  obligations 
under its deferred compensation programs, the operating company had $3.2 million and $0.5 million in investments, 
respectively, in certain of these firm-sponsored vehicles, for which the Company was not deemed to be the primary 
beneficiary.    The  Company's  exposure  to  risk  in  the  non-consolidated  VIEs  is  generally  limited  to  any  equity 
investment  and  any  uncollected  management  fees.    As  of  December 31,  2020  and  December 31,  2019,  the 
Company's  maximum  exposure  to  loss  as  a  result  of  its  involvement  with  the  non-consolidated  VIEs  was  $3.6 
million and $0.7 million, respectively. 

Management’s Use of Estimates:

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates 
and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities,  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and 
liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses for the period.  
Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition:

Revenue,  comprised  of  advisory  fee  income,  is  recognized  over  the  period  in  which  advisory  services  are 
provided. Advisory fee income includes management fees that are calculated based on percentages of assets under 
management (“AUM”), generally billed quarterly, either in arrears or advance, depending on their contractual terms.  
Advisory  fee  income  also  includes  performance  fees  that  may  be  earned  by  the  Company  depending  on  the 
investment return of AUM, as well as fulcrum fee arrangements.  Performance fee arrangements generally entitle the 
Company  to  participate,  on  a  fixed-percentage  basis,  in  any  returns  generated  in  excess  of  an  agreed-upon 
benchmark.    The  Company’s  participation  percentage  in  such  return  differentials  is  then  multiplied  by  AUM  to 
determine the performance fees earned.  In general, returns are calculated on an annualized basis over the contract’s 
measurement  period,  which  usually  extends  to  three  years.    Performance  fees  are  generally  payable  annually  or 
quarterly.  Fulcrum fee arrangements require a reduction in the base fee or allow for an increase in the base fee if the 
relevant  investment  strategy  underperforms  or  outperforms,  respectively,  the  agreed-upon  benchmark  over  the 
contract's  measurement  period,  which  extends  to  three  years.  Fulcrum  fees  are  generally  payable  quarterly.  
Following  the  preferred  method  identified  in  the  Revenue  Recognition  Topic  of  the  FASB  ASC,  performance  fee 
income  is  recorded  at  the  conclusion  of  the  contractual  performance  period,  when  it  is  probable  that  significant 
reversal  of  the  performance  fee  will  not  occur.    Advisory  fee  income  is  presented  net  of  fund  expense  cap 
reimbursements.

F-12

Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Revenue from advisory fees is disaggregated into categories based on the composition of the Company's client 

base and advisory fee structure for the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019:

Revenue

Separately Managed Accounts

Asset-Based Fees
Performance-Based Fees
Total Separately Managed Fees

Sub-Advised Accounts
Asset-Based Fees
Impact of Fulcrum Fees1
Performance-Based Fees

Total Sub-Advised Fees

Pzena Funds

Asset-Based Fees
Expense Cap Reimbursements
Performance-Based Fees

Total Pzena Funds Fees
Total

For the Years Ended December 31,

2020

20192

(in thousands)

  $

  $

  $

  $

74,725    $
—   
74,725   

52,741    $
(4,027)  
—   
48,714   

15,154    $
(1,052)  
1,078   
15,180   
138,619    $

76,210 
— 
76,210 

59,664 
(753)
— 
58,911 

16,332 
(707)
— 
15,625 
150,746  

1

2

Represents the net impact of fulcrum fee arrangements which require a reduction in the base fee or allow for an increase in the base fee if 
the relevant investment strategy underperforms or outperforms, respectively, the agreed-upon benchmark over the contract's measurement 
period.

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, Cash and Cash Equivalents was $65.5 million and $52.5 million, respectively. 
The  Company  considers  all  money  market  funds  and  highly-liquid  debt  instruments  with  an  original  maturity  of 
three  months  or  less  at  the  time  of  purchase  to  be  cash  equivalents.  The  Company  maintains  its  cash  in  bank 
deposits,  other  accounts  whose  balances  often  exceed  federally  insured  limits  and  treasury  money  market  funds. 
Cash is stated at cost, which approximates fair value. 

Interest  on  cash  and  cash  equivalents  is  recorded  as  Interest  Income  on  an  accrual  basis  in  the  consolidated 

statements of operations.

Restricted Cash:

At  December 31,  2020,  and  2019,  the  Company  had  $1.1  million  and  $1.0  million,  respectively,  of 
compensating  balances  recorded  in  Restricted  Cash  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  financial  condition.  These 
balances  reflect  a  letter  of  credit  issued  by  a  third  party  in  lieu  of  a  cash  security  deposit,  as  required  by  the 
Company’s lease for its corporate headquarters.

The  following  table  reconciles  cash,  cash  equivalents,  and  restricted  cash  per  the  consolidated  statements  of 

cash flows to the consolidated statements of financial condition. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents
Restricted Cash

Total

For the Years Ended December 31,

2020

2019
(in thousands)

2018

  $

  $

65,534    $
1,050     
66,584    $

52,480    $
1,036     
53,516    $

38,099 
1,028 
39,127  

F-13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Due to/from Broker:

Due  to/from  Broker  consists  primarily  of  amounts  payable/receivable  for  unsettled  securities  transactions 

held/initiated at the clearing brokers of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Non-Cash Compensation:

All non-cash compensation awards granted have varying vesting schedules and are issued at prices equal to the 
assessed fair market value at the time of issuance. Expenses associated with these awards are recognized over the 
period during which employees are required to provide service. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur.

Investments:

Investments, at Fair Value

Investments,  at  Fair  Value  consist  of  equity  securities  at  fair  value  and  trading  debt  securities  held  by  the 
Company  and  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  as  well  as  investments  in  open-ended  registered  mutual  funds. 
Management  determines  the  appropriate  classification  of  its  investments  at  the  time  of  purchase  and  re-evaluates 
such determination on an ongoing basis. Dividends and interest income associated with the Company's investments 
and  the  investments  of  the  Company's  consolidated  subsidiaries  are  recognized  as  Dividend  Income  on  an  ex-
dividend basis and Interest Income, respectively, in the consolidated statements of operations. 

Securities  Sold  Short  represents  securities  sold  short,  not  yet  purchased  by  the  Company.  Dividend  expense 
associated  with  these  investments  is  recognized  in  Other  Income/  (Expense)  on  an  ex-dividend  basis  in  the 
consolidated statements of operations.

All such investments are recorded at fair value, with net realized and unrealized gains and losses recognized as 
a  component  of  Net  Realized  and  Unrealized  Gains/  (Losses)  from  Investments  in  the  consolidated  statements  of 
operations.

Investments in equity method investees

The Company accounts for its investments in certain private investment partnerships in which the Company has 
non-controlling  interests  and  exercises  significant  influence,  using  the  equity  method.    These  investments  are 
included  in  Investments  in  the  Company's  consolidated  statements  of  financial  condition.    The  carrying  value  of 
these  investments  are  recorded  at  the  amount  of  capital  reported  by  the  private  investment  partnership  or  mutual 
fund.  The capital account reflects any contributions paid to, distributions received from, and equity earnings of, the 
entities.    The  earnings  of  these  investments  are  recognized  in  Equity  in  Earnings/  (Losses)  of  Affiliates  in  the 
consolidated statements of operations.

Investments  in  equity  method  investees  are  evaluated  for  impairment  as  events  or  changes  in  circumstances 
indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  such  assets  may  not  be  recoverable.    If  the  carrying  amounts  of  the  assets 
exceed their respective fair values, additional impairment tests are performed to measure the amounts of impairment 
losses, if any.  For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, no impairment losses were recognized.

Securities Valuation:

Investments in equity securities for which market quotations are available are valued at the last reported price or 
closing price on the primary market or exchange on which they trade. If no reported equity sales occurred on the 
valuation date, equity investments are valued at the bid price. Investments in registered mutual funds are carried at 
fair value at their respective net asset values as of the valuation date. Otherwise, fair values for investment securities 
are based on Level 2 or Level 3 inputs detailed in Note 9. Transactions are recorded on a trade date basis.

The net realized gain or loss on sales of securities is determined on a specific identification basis and is included 

in Net Realized and Unrealized Gains/ (Losses) from Investments in the consolidated statements of operations.

F-14

Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Concentrations of Credit Risk:

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of 
cash, amounts due from brokers, and advisory fees receivable.  The Company maintains its cash in bank deposits 
and other accounts whose balances often exceed federally insured limits.

The  concentration  of  credit  risk  with  respect  to  advisory  fees  receivable  is  generally  limited  due  to  the  short 
payment terms extended to clients by the Company.  On a periodic basis, the Company evaluates its advisory fees 
receivable  and  establishes  an  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts,  if  necessary,  based  on  a  history  of  past  write-offs, 
collections,  and  current  credit  conditions.  For  the  years  ended  December 31,  2020  and  2019,  there  were  no  client 
relationships representing more than 10% of the Company's revenue. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, no allowance 
for doubtful accounts has been deemed necessary.

Property and Equipment:

Property  and  equipment  is  carried  at  cost,  less  accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization.    Depreciation  is 
provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, which range from three to 
seven years.  Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the useful life of the 
improvements or the remaining lease term.

Leases:

The  Company  determines  if  an  arrangement  is  a  lease  at  inception.  Operating  leases  are  included  as  a 
component  of  Right-of-use  (“ROU”)  Assets  and  Lease  Liabilities  on  the  consolidated  statements  of  financial 
condition. ROU assets represent the right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent 
the  obligation  to  make  lease  payments  arising  from  the  lease.  Operating  lease  ROU  assets  and  liabilities  are 
recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The lease terms 
may include options to extend or terminate the lease. These options to extend or terminate are assessed on a lease-
by-lease basis, and the ROU assets and lease liabilities are adjusted when it is reasonably certain that an option will 
be exercised. If a lease arrangement does not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses an incremental borrowing 
rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. 
Lease  expense  for  lease  payments  is  recognized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  lease  term.  Lease  expense 
associated  with  leases  that  have  a  term  of  12  months  or  less  as  of  the  commencement  date  are  recognized  as  a 
component of general and administrative expenses on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Share Repurchases:

Share repurchases may be made from time-to-time in open market transactions or through privately negotiated 
transactions under the authorization approved by the Board of Directors. The Company charges the entire excess of 
cost over par to additional paid-in capital. If the Company’s additional paid-in capital balance is reduced to zero, any 
additional amounts are recognized in retained earnings.

Business Segments:

The Company views its operations as comprising one operating segment.

Income Taxes:

The Company is a “C” corporation under the Internal Revenue Code, and is thus liable for federal, state, and 
local taxes on the income derived from its economic interest in its operating company.  The operating company is a 
limited liability company that has elected to be treated as a partnership for tax purposes.  It has not made a provision 
for  federal  or  state  income  taxes  because  it  is  the  individual  responsibility  of  each  of  the  operating  company’s 
members (including the Company) to separately report their proportionate share of the operating company’s taxable 
income  or  loss.    The  operating  company  has  made  a  provision  for  New  York  City  Unincorporated  Business  Tax 
(“UBT”)  and  its  consolidated  subsidiary  Pzena  Investment  Management,  LTD  has  made  a  provision  for  U.K. 
income taxes.

F-15

Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Judgment  is  required  in  evaluating  the  Company's  uncertain  tax  positions  and  determining  its  provision  for 
income taxes. The Company establishes reserves for tax-related uncertainties based on estimates of whether, and the 
extent  to  which,  additional  taxes  will  be  due.    These  liabilities  are  established  when  the  Company  believes  that 
certain positions might be challenged despite its belief that its tax return positions are in accordance with applicable 
tax laws.  The Company adjusts these liabilities in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a 
tax audit, new tax legislation, or the change of an estimate.  To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters 
is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will affect the provision for income taxes in the period in 
which  such  determination  is  made.    The  provision  for  income  taxes  includes  the  effect  of  reserve  provisions  and 
changes to reserves that are considered appropriate.  It is also the Company’s policy to recognize accrued interest, 
and  penalties  associated  with  uncertain  tax  positions  in  Income  Tax  Expense  on  the  consolidated  statements  of 
operations.

The  Company  and  its  consolidated  subsidiaries  account  for  all  U.S.  federal,  state,  local  and  U.K.  taxation 
pursuant to the asset and liability method, which requires deferred income tax assets and liabilities to be recorded for 
temporary differences between the carrying amount and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable 
or  deductible  amounts  in  the  future,  based  on  enacted  tax  laws  and  rates  applicable  to  the  periods  in  which  the 
temporary differences are expected to affect taxable income.

The  Company’s  purchase  of  membership  units  of  the  operating  company  concurrent  with  the  initial  public 
offering, and the subsequent and future exchanges by holders of Class B units of the operating company for shares 
of  Class  A  common  stock  (pursuant  to  the  exchange  rights  provided  for  in  the  operating  company’s  operating 
agreement),  has  resulted  in,  and  is  expected  to  continue  to  result  in,  increases  in  the  Company’s  share  of  the  tax 
basis of the tangible and intangible assets of the operating company, which will increase the tax depreciation and 
amortization deductions that otherwise would not have been available to the Company.  These increases in tax basis 
and tax depreciation and amortization deductions have reduced, and are expected to continue to reduce, the amount 
of cash taxes that the Company would otherwise be required to pay in the future. The computation of inside basis 
requires management to make judgments in estimating the components included in the inside basis as of the date of 
the  Exchange  (i.e.,  cash  received  by  the  Company  on  hypothetical  sale  of  assets,  allocation  of  gain/loss  to  the 
Company at the time of the Exchange taking into account complex partnership tax rules). In addition, management 
estimates the period of time that may generate cash tax savings of such tax attributes and the realizability of the tax 
attributes. The Company has entered into a tax receivable agreement with past, current, and future members of the 
operating company that requires the Company to pay to any member involved in any exchange transaction 85% of 
the amount of cash tax savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax or foreign or franchise tax that it 
realizes as a result of these increases in tax basis and, in limited cases, transfers or prior increases in tax basis.  The 
Company expects to benefit from the remaining 15% of cash tax savings, if any, in income tax it realizes. Payments 
under the tax receivable agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that the Company will determine.  
The Company will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement if a tax 
basis increase is successfully challenged by the Internal Revenue Service. 

The Company records an increase in deferred tax assets for the estimated income tax effects of the increases in 
tax basis based on enacted federal and state tax rates at the date of the exchange.  The Company records 85% of the 
estimated realizable tax benefit (which is the recorded deferred tax asset less any recorded valuation allowance) as 
an increase to the liability due under the tax receivable agreement, which is reflected as the liability to selling and 
converting shareholders in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The remaining 15% of the estimated 
realizable  tax  benefit  is  initially  recorded  as  an  increase  to  the  Company’s  additional  paid-in  capital.    All  of  the 
effects to the deferred tax asset of changes in any of the estimates after the tax year of the exchange will be reflected 
in  the  provision  for  income  taxes.  Similarly,  the  effect  of  subsequent  changes  in  the  enacted  tax  rates  will  be 
reflected in the provision for income taxes.

Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more-
likely-than-not to be realized.  At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company did not have a valuation allowance 
recorded against its deferred tax assets. 

The income tax expense, or benefit, is the tax payable or refundable for the period, plus or minus the change 
during  the  period  in  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities.    The  Company  records  its  deferred  tax  liabilities  as  a 
component of other liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

F-16

Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Foreign Currency:

The functional currency of the Company is the U.S. Dollar.  Assets and liabilities of foreign operations whose 
functional  currency  is  not  the  U.S.  Dollar  are  translated  at  the  exchange  rate  in  effect  at  the  applicable  reporting 
date, and the consolidated statements of operations are translated at the average exchange rates in effect during the 
applicable period.  A charge or credit is recorded to other comprehensive income/ (loss) to reflect the translation of 
these  amounts  to  the  extent  the  non-U.S.  currency  is  designated  the  functional  currency  of  the  subsidiary.    Non-
functional currency related transaction gains and losses are immediately recorded in the consolidated statements of 
operations.    For  the  year  ended  December 31,  2020,  the  Company  recorded  $0.6  million  of  other  comprehensive 
income  associated  with  foreign  currency  translation  adjustments.    For  the  year  ended  December 31,  2019,  the 
Company  recorded  approximately  $0.1  million  of  other  comprehensive  income  associated  with  foreign  currency 
translation adjustments. 

Investment securities and other assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are remeasured into U.S. 
Dollar amounts at the date of valuation.  Purchases and sales of investment securities, and income and expense items 
denominated  in  foreign  currencies,  are  remeasured  into  U.S.  Dollar  amounts  on  the  respective  dates  of  such 
transactions.

The  Company  does  not  isolate  the  portion  of  the  results  of  its  operations  resulting  from  the  impact  of 
fluctuations in foreign exchange rates on its non-U.S. investments.  Such fluctuations are included in Net Realized 
and Unrealized Gains/ (Losses) from Investments in the consolidated statements of operations.

Reported net realized foreign exchange gains or losses arise from sales of foreign currencies, currency gains or 
losses  realized  between  the  trade  and  settlement  dates  on  securities  transactions,  and  the  difference  between  the 
amounts  of  dividends,  interest,  foreign  withholding  taxes,  and  other  receivables  and  payables  recorded  on  the 
Company’s  consolidated  statements  of  financial  condition  and  the  U.S.  Dollar  equivalent  of  the  amounts  actually 
received or paid.  Net unrealized foreign exchange gains and losses arise from changes in the fair values of assets 
and liabilities resulting from changes in exchange rates.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted:

In  December  2019,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2019-12,  “Simplifying  the  Accounting  for  Income  Taxes”  (“ASU 
2019-12”).  The  amendments  in  ASU  2019-12  simplify  the  accounting  for  income  taxes  by  removing  certain 
exceptions  to  the  general  principles  in  ASC  Topic  740,  Income  Taxes.  The  amendments  also  improve  consistent 
application  of  and  simplify  U.S.  GAAP  for  other  areas  of  ASC  Topic  740  by  clarifying  and  amending  existing 
guidance. ASU 2019-12 will be effective for the Company commencing in the first quarter of fiscal year 2021 with 
early adoption permitted. The transition requirements are dependent upon each amendment within this update and 
will  be  applied  either  prospectively  or  retrospectively.  The  Company  is  currently  assessing  the  impact  of  this 
standard,  however,  the  Company  does  not  expect  the  standard  to  have  a  material  impact  on  the  consolidated 
financial statements.

In October 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-10, “Codification Improvements.” This new guidance moves 
all  disclosure  guidance  to  the  appropriate  codification  section  and  makes  other  improvements  and  technical 
corrections.  The  guidance  is  effective  for  the  fiscal  years  and  interim  periods  within  those  years  beginning  after 
December 15, 2020. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this standard, however, the Company does 
not expect the standard to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Note 3 — Compensation and Benefits

Compensation and benefits expenses to employees and members is comprised of the following:

Cash Compensation and Other Benefits
Non-Cash Compensation
Total Compensation and Benefits Expense

  For the Years Ended December 31,

2020

2019

(in thousands)

  $

  $

55,283   $
13,204    
68,487   $

58,016 
30,093 
88,109  

F-17

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

All non-cash compensation awards granted have varying vesting schedules and are issued at prices equal to the 
assessed fair market value at the time of issuance, as discussed below.  Details of awards of Class B and Class B-1 
units of the operating company, Delayed Exchange Class B units, phantom Delayed Exchange Class B units, options 
to purchase shares of Class A common stock or Delayed Exchange Class B units, and shares of Class A common 
stock awarded for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, are as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31,

2020

2019

Amount

Fair Value1

Amount

Fair Value1

Class B-1 Units2
Delayed Exchange Class B Units3
Deferred Compensation Phantom Delayed Exchange 
Class B Units4
Options to Purchase Shares of Class A Common 
Stock5
Restricted Shares of Class A Common Stock6
Phantom Delayed Exchange Class B Units7
Options to Purchase Delayed Exchange Class B 
Units8
Restricted Class B Units

    2,092,879    $
620,543    $

3.98      3,683,073    $
5.95      1,084,297    $

188,283    $

4.67     

141,282    $

146,804    $
16,806    $
—    $

2.03     
4.74     

—    $
—    $
—      1,301,936    $

—    $
—    $

—     
—     

409,448    $
44,470    $

3.98 
5.91 

5.95 

— 
— 
3.61 

1.27 
7.87  

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Represents the weighted average grant date estimated fair value per share, unit, or option.

Represents Class B-1 units issued under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (as defined below). These Class B-1 units are entitled to receive 
dividends for the duration of the holder’s employment, and upon the end of employment are exchanged for shares of Class A common stock 
in an amount based upon the appreciation in price of the Class A common stock from the date of grant to the date of exchange. Amounts 
reflected  include  the  impact  of  a  modification  as  of  May  1,  2020,  which  resulted  in  the  cancellation  of  166,804  Class  B-1  Units.  The 
3,683,073  Class  B-1  units  vest  immediately  and  represented  non-recurring  unit-based  awards  issued  to  a  number  of  the  firm’s  key 
contributors.

Represents Class B units issued under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (as defined below). These units vest immediately upon grant, but may 
not be exchanged pursuant to the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the operating company until the seventh anniversary of 
the date of grant.  These units are also not entitled to any benefits under the Tax Receivable Agreement between the Company and members 
of the operating company. 

Represents  phantom  Delayed  Exchange  Class  B  units  issued  under  the  2006  Equity  Incentive  Plan  and  pursuant  to  the  Bonus  Plan  (as 
defined  below).  These  phantom  units  vest  ratably  over  four  years,  but  may  not  be  exchanged  pursuant  to  the  Amended  and  Restated 
Operating Agreement of the operating company until seven years after the date they vest. These units are also not entitled to any benefits 
under the Tax Receivable Agreement between the Company and members of the operating company.
 Represents  options  to  purchase  shares  of  Class  A  common  stock  issued  under  the  2007  Equity  Incentive  Plan.  These  options  become 
exercisable five years from the date of grant. Amounts reflected include the impact of a modification as of May 1, 2020, which resulted in 
the issuance of 146,804 options to purchase shares of Class A common stock.

Represents shares of Class A common stock issued under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.  These shares vest ratably over a period of four 
years from the date of grant.  These shares are restricted and may not be sold until the seventh anniversary of the date of grant. Amounts 
reflected  include  the  impact  of  a  modification  as  of  May  1,  2020,  which  resulted  in  the  issuance  of  16,806  restricted  shares  of  Class  A 
common stock.

Represents phantom Delayed Exchange Class B units issued under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (as defined below). These phantom units 
vest ratably over ten years and are not entitled to  receive  dividends  or  dividend  equivalents  until  vested.  Upon  vesting,  the  resulting  
Delayed  Exchange  Class  B  units  may  not  be  exchanged  pursuant  the  Amended  and  Restated Operating Agreement until the seventh 
anniversary of the vesting date and are not entitled to any benefits under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Represents options to purchase Delayed Exchange Class B units issued under 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (as defined below).  During the 
year ended December 31, 2019, of these options, 94,488 become exercisable immediately and 314,960 become exercisable five years from 
the date of grant.   Upon exercise, the resulting Delayed Exchange Class B units may not be exchanged pursuant the Amended and Restated 
Operating  Agreement  until  the  seventh  anniversary  of  the  exercise  date  and  are  not  entitled  to  any  benefits  under  the  Tax  Receivable 
Agreement.

F-18

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

As part of the Company's year-end bonus structure, certain employee members may elect to have all or part of 
year-end cash compensation paid in the form of cash, or equity issued pursuant to Pzena Investment Management, 
LLC  Amended  and  Restated  2006  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (“the  2006  Equity  Incentive  Plan”).    For  the  year  ended 
December 31,  2020,  $3.8  million  of  cash  compensation  was  elected  to  be  paid  in  the  form  of  equity,  which  was 
issued  and  vested  immediately  on  January  1,  2021.    Details  of  these  awards  issued  on  January  1,  2021  are  as 
follows: 

Delayed Exchange Class B Units2
Restricted Shares of Class A Common Stock3

January 1,
2021
    Fair Value1  
4.67 
4.67  

  Amount
    805,987   $
12,353   $

1

2

3

Represents the weighted average grant date estimated fair value per share, unit, or option as of December 31, 2020.

Represents Class B units issued under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. These units vest immediately upon grant, but may not be exchanged 
pursuant to the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the operating company until the seventh anniversary of the date of grant. 
These units are also not entitled to any benefits under the Tax Receivable Agreement between the Company and members of the operating 
company.

Represents shares of Class A common stock issued under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. These shares vest immediately upon grant, but are 
restricted and may not be sold until the seventh anniversary of the date of grant.

Pursuant  to  the  2006  Equity  Incentive  Plan,  the  operating  company  issues  Class  B  units,  Class  B-1  units, 
phantom Class B units, and options to purchase Class B units. The Company also issues Delayed Exchange Class B 
units  pursuant  to  the  2006  Equity  Incentive  Plan.  These  Delayed  Exchange  Class  B  units  may  not  be  exchanged 
pursuant  to  the  Amended  and  Restated  Operating  Agreement  of  the  operating  company  until  at  least  the  seventh 
anniversary of the date they vest.  These Delayed Exchange Class B units are also not entitled to any benefit under 
the  Tax  Receivable  Agreement  between  the  Company  and  current,  future  and  past  members  of  the  operating 
company.    The  Company  also  issues  phantom  Delayed  Exchange  Class  B  units  and  options  to  purchase  Delayed 
Exchange  Class  B  units.    Under  the  Pzena  Investment  Management,  Inc.  2007  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (“the  2007 
Equity Incentive Plan”), the Company issues shares of restricted Class A common stock, Class B-1 units, options to 
purchase Class A common stock, and contingently vesting options to acquire shares of Class A common stock.

Under the Pzena Investment Management, LLC Amended and Restated Bonus Plan (the “Bonus Plan”), eligible 
employees  whose  compensation  is  in  excess  of  certain  thresholds  are  required  to  defer  a  portion  of  that  excess.  
These deferred amounts may be invested, at the employee’s discretion, in certain investment options as designated 
by  the  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Company's  Board  of  Directors.    Amounts  deferred  in  any  calendar  year 
reduce that year’s compensation expense and are amortized and vest ratably over a four year period commencing the 
following year.  The Company also issued to certain of its employees deferred compensation with certain investment 
options that also vest ratably over a four years period.  As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the liability associated 
with deferred compensation investment accounts was $5.0 million and $3.6 million, respectively.

Pursuant to the Pzena Investment Management, Inc. Non-Employee Director Deferred Compensation Plan (the 
“Director  Plan”),  non-employee  directors  may  elect  to  have  all  or  part  of  the  compensation  otherwise  payable  in 
cash,  deferred  in  the  form  of  phantom  shares  of  Class  A  common  stock  of  the  Company  issued  under  the  2007 
Equity Incentive Plan.  Elections to defer compensation under the Director Plan are made on a year-to-year basis.  
Elections of deferred stock units result in the issuance of phantom shares of Class A common stock.  Distributions 
under the Director Plan shall be made in a single distribution of shares of our Class A common stock at such time as 
elected by the participant when the deferral was made.  Since inception of the Director Plan in 2009, the Company’s 
directors have elected to defer 100% of their compensation in the form of phantom shares of Class A common stock.  
Amounts  deferred  in  any  calendar  year  are  amortized  over  the  calendar  year  and  reflected  as  General  and 
Administrative  Expense.  During  the  second  quarter  of  2020,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  agreed  to  waive 
compensation  for  the  full  year  of  2020,  which  resulted  in  the  forfeiture  of  49,673  phantom  shares  of  Class  A 
common  stock.  During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2020,  the  Board  of  Directors  elected  to  re-instate  50%  of  their 
compensation for the year of 2020. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the directors were awarded 
78,416  and  67,512  phantom  shares  of  Class  A  common  stock,  respectively,  reflecting  the  annual  deferral  of 
compensation and additional phantom shares issued as of each date, and in the amount of dividends and/or special 
dividends  and  distributions  that  are  paid  with  respect  to  Class  A  common  stock  of  the  Company.  As  of 
December 31,  2020  and  2019,  there  were  533,444  and  455,028  phantom  shares  of  Class  A  common  stock 

F-19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

outstanding,  respectively.    There  were  no  distributions  made  under  the  Director  Plan  during  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2020 and 2019.

The Company uses a fair value method in recording the expense associated with the granting of Class B units, 
Class B-1 units, Delayed Exchange Class B units, phantom Delayed Exchange Class B units, options to purchase 
Class A common stock and Class B units, options to purchase Delayed Exchange Class B units, and shares of Class 
A common stock under the 2006 and 2007 Equity Incentive Plans; phantom Delayed Exchange Class B units under 
the Bonus Plan; and phantom shares of Class A common stock under the Director Plan.

The fair value of awarded restricted shares of Class A common stock under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan and 
phantom shares of Class A common stock under the Director Plan is determined based on the closing market price 
of our Class A common stock on the date of grant.  The fair value of awarded Class B and Class B-1 units under the 
2006 and 2007 Equity Incentive Plans are determined by reference to the market price of our Class A common stock 
on the date of grant, since Class B and Class B-1 units are exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock, 
adjusted for the impact of award terms on the value of the award. Certain of the restricted shares of Class A common 
stock  are  not  entitled  to  dividends  or  dividend  equivalents  while  unvested.    The  fair  value  of  these  awards  is 
determined based on the closing market price of our Class A common stock on the date of grant, net of the present 
value  of  the  dividends  using  the  applicable  risk-free  interest  rate.    The  Delayed  Exchange  Class  B  Units  have  a 
seven years exchange limitation and are not entitled to any benefits under the tax receivable agreement.  The fair 
value of these awards is determined based on the closing market price of our Class A common stock on the date of 
grant,  net  of  the  effects  of  these  terms.  The  Class  B-1  units  are  entitled  to  distributions  for  the  duration  of  the 
holder’s employment and will participate in additional value to the extent there has been appreciation subsequent to 
the  issuance  of  the  Class  B-1  unit.  The  fair  value  of  these  awards  is  determined  based  on  the  present  value  of 
expected  future  dividends,  an  option  pricing  model  where  the  strike  price  reflects  the  threshold  value  over  which 
appreciation  is  recognized,  and  the  impact  of  award  terms  on  the  value  of  the  award.  The  Company  also  issued 
options to purchase Delayed Exchange Class B units.  The fair value of these options is determined using an option 
pricing model where the strike price reflects the fair value of Delayed Exchange Class B units on the date of grant. 
Certain of the phantom Delayed Exchange Class B units are not entitled to dividends or dividend equivalents while 
unvested.  

The option model used in the fair value of Options to Purchase Shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B-1 
units, and the Delayed Exchange Class B units is determined by using an appropriate option pricing model on the 
grant date. For each of the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 the Company issued options and units valued 
using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

Weighted Average Time Until Exercise
Expected Volatility
Risk-Free Rate
Dividend Yield

2020

  January 1,

10 years 

2019

  December 31,  
10 years 

  January 1,

7 years 

44%   
1.90%   
4.40%   

44%   
1.90%   
4.40%   

41%
2.59%
6.50%

Weighted Average Time Until Exercise — The expected term is based on the Company’s historical experience 

and the particular terms of its option awards.

Expected Volatility — Due to the lack of sufficient historical data for the Company’s own shares, the Company 

based its expected volatility on a representative peer group.

Risk-Free Rate — The risk-free rate for periods within the expected term of the options is based on the interest 
rate of a traded zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bond with a term equal to the options’ expected term on the date of grant.

Dividend Yield — The dividend yield is based on the Company’s anticipated dividend payout over the expected 

term of the option awards.

F-20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
  
Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The following is a summary of the Class B-1 unit activity for the two years ended December 31, 2020:

Beginning Balance
Units Granted1
Units Cancelled
Units Forfeited
Units Exercised

Ending Balance

For the Years Ended December 31,

2020

2019

Units
Outstanding

Weighted
Average
Threshold Price

Units
Outstanding

Weighted
Average
Threshold Price

3,683,073    $
2,092,879     
—     
—     
—     
5,775,952    $

8.15     
8.15     
—     
—     
—     
8.15     

—    $
3,683,073     
—     
—     
—     
3,683,073    $

- 
8.15 
— 
— 
— 
8.15  

1

Amounts reflected include the impact of a modification as of May 1, 2020, which resulted in the cancellation of 166,804 Class B-1 units.

The weighted average grant-date fair value per Class B-1 unit issued in 2020 and 2019 was $3.98. During the 

years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, no Class B-1 units were exercised as the threshold value was not met.

Exercise prices for Class B-1 units outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2020 are as follows:

Units Outstanding

Units Exercisable

Number
Outstanding as of
December 31, 2020    

Weighted Average
Threshold Price

Number
Exercisable as of
December 31, 2020    

Weighted Average
Threshold Price

$5.00 – $10.00

5,775,952     

8.15     

3,683,073     

8.15  

Based  on  the  closing  market  price  of  the  Company’s  Class  A  common  stock  on  December 31,  2020,  the 

aggregate intrinsic value of the Company’s Class B-1 units options was $0.

The following is a summary of the option activity for the two years ended December 31, 2020:

Beginning Balance

Options Granted1
Options Cancelled
Options Forfeited
Options Exercised

Ending Balance

For the Years Ended December 31,

2020

2019

Options
Outstanding

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

Options
Outstanding

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

6,779,677    $
189,539     
(8,426)    
(178,740)    
(19,661)    
6,762,389    $

8.24     
7.65     
7.58     
6.57     
7.58     
8.27     

8,397,562    $
409,448     
(5,833)    
(1,200,000)    
(821,500)    
6,779,677    $

8.87 
5.97 
8.00 
12.01 
8.00 
8.24  

1

Options  granted  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  include  189,539  options  to  purchase  shares  of  Class  A  common  stock.  Options 
granted for the year ended December 31, 2019 include 409,448 options to purchase Delayed Exchange Class B units.

The  weighted  average  grant-date  fair  values  per  option  issued  in  2020  and  2019  were  $1.84  and  $1.27, 
respectively.    The  19,661  options  exercised  in  2020  resulted  in  603  net  Class  B  units  issued,  as  a  result  of  the 
redemption of 19,058 Class B units for the cashless exercise of the options. The 821,500 options exercised in 2019 
resulted in 29,377 net Class B units issued, as a result of the redemption of 137,132 Class B units for the cashless 
exercise of the options and 90,980 net Class A shares issued, as a result of the redemption of 564,020 Class A shares 
for the cashless exercise of options. The 187,166 and 205,833 options to purchase Class B units that were cancelled 
or  forfeited  during  2020  and  2019,  respectively,  were  in  connection  with  employee  departures  and  option 
expirations. The 1,000,000 options to purchase Class A shares that were forfeited during 2019 were in connection 
with  employee  departures.  During  the  years  ended  December 31,  2020  and  2019,  no  contingently  vesting  options 
vested.

F-21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Exercise prices for options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2020 are as follows:

Number
Outstanding as of
December 31, 2020  
61,334   
5,308,921   
1,392,134   
6,762,389   

Options Outstanding
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life  
1.0  $
6.7   
2.7   
5.8  $

$4.22 – $5.00
$5.00 – $10.00
$10.00 – $15.00   
$4.22 – $15.00

Options Exercisable

Weighted Average
Exercise Price

Number
Exercisable as of
December 31, 2020  
61,334   
1,215,769   
22,134   
1,299,237   

Weighted-
Average Remaining
Contractual Life   
1.0  $
7.1   
3.0   
6.7  $

4.77   
7.02   
13.19   
8.27   

Weighted Average
Exercise Price

4.77 
6.90 
10.26 
6.85  

Based  on  the  closing  market  price  of  the  Company’s  Class  A  common  stock  on  December 31,  2020,  the 

aggregate intrinsic value of the Company’s options was as follows:

Aggregate Intrinsic Value

Options
Outstanding   

Options
Exercisable  

(in thousands)
1,749   $

647  

  $

Phantom  Delayed  Exchange  Class  B  units  issued  pursuant  to  the  Bonus  Plan,  which  vest  ratably  over  four 

years, are summarized as follows:

For the Years Ended December 31,

2020

2019

Phantom
Units

Outstanding    

Weighted
Average
Price

Phantom
Units

Outstanding    

Weighted
Average
Price

Beginning Balance

Phantom Delayed Exchange Class B Units Issued1
Vesting of Phantom Delayed Exchange Class B Units1    
Phantom Delayed Exchange Class B Units Forfetied1

Ending Balance

503,869    $
188,283     
(208,879)    
(10,971)    
472,302    $

6.33     
4.67     
6.56     
6.04     
5.57     

587,017    $
141,282     
(224,430)    
—     
503,869    $

6.45 
5.95 
6.38 
— 
6.33  

1

Represents phantom Delayed Exchange Class B units issued under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.  These phantom units vest ratably over 
four years, but may not be exchanged pursuant to the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the operating company until seven 
years after the date they vest.  These units are also not entitled to any benefits under the Tax Receivable Agreement between the Company 
and members of the operating company.

Phantom  Class  B  units  and  Phantom  Delayed  Exchange  Class  B  units  issued  pursuant  to  the  2006  Equity 
Incentive Plan, which vest ratably over 10 years and are not eligible  to  receive dividends or dividend  equivalents 
until vested, are summarized as follows:

Beginning Balance

Phantom Delayed Exchange Class B Units Issued
Vesting of Phantom Class B Units
Phantom Class B Units Forfeited

Ending Balance

For the Years Ended December 31,

2020

Phantom
Units

Outstanding    
    3,734,050    $
—     
(625,896)    
—     
    3,108,154    $

2019

Weighted
Average
Price

Phantom
Units

Outstanding    

Weighted
Average
Price

4.05      3,612,026    $
—      1,301,936     
(681,297)    
(498,615)    
4.00      3,734,050    $

4.29     
—     

4.18 
3.61 
4.23 
3.61 
4.05  

As  of  December 31,  2020  and  2019,  the  Company  had  approximately  $34.8  million  and  $39.4  million, 
respectively,  in  unrecorded  compensation  expense  related  to  unvested  awards  issued  pursuant  to  its  Bonus  Plan; 
Class B units, option grants, and phantom Class B units issued under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan; and restricted 

F-22

 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Class A common stock issued under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.  The Company anticipates that this unrecorded 
cost will amortize over the respective vesting periods of the awards.

As  of  December 31,  2020,  the  total  units  and  shares  remaining  available  for  future  issuance  under  the  equity 

incentive plans are as follows:

Plan

Pzena Investment Management, LLC 2006 
Equity Incentive Plan
Pzena Investment Management, Inc. 2007 
Equity Incentive Plan
Total

Number of Securities
Remaining Available
For Future Issuance
Under Equity
Incentive Plans

5,844,923 

8,110,362 
13,955,285  

Note 4 — Employee Benefit Plans

The  Profit  Sharing  and  Savings  Plan  is  a  defined  contribution  profit  sharing  plan  with  a  401(k)  deferral 
component.  All full-time employees and certain part-time employees who have met the age and length of service 
requirements  are  eligible  to  participate  in  the  plan.    The  plan  allows  participating  employees  to  make  elective 
deferrals of compensation up to the annual limits which are set by law.  The plan provides for a discretionary annual 
contribution by the operating company which is determined by a formula based on the salaries of eligible employees 
as defined by the plan.  During each of the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the expense recognized in 
connection with this plan was $1.1 million.

Note 5 — Earnings per Share

Basic  earnings  per  share  is  computed  by  dividing  the  Company’s  net  income  attributable  to  its  common 

stockholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the reporting period.

Under  the  two-class  method  of  computing  basic  earnings  per  share,  basic  earnings  per  share  is  calculated  by 
dividing  net  income  for  basic  earnings  per  share  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding 
during the period.  The two-class method includes an earnings allocation formula that determines earnings per share 
for  each  participating  security  according  to  dividends  declared  and  undistributed  earnings  for  the  period.    The 
Company's  net  income  for  basic  earnings  per  share  is  reduced  by  the  amount  allocated  to  participating  restricted 
shares of Class A common stock which participate for purposes of calculating earnings per share.

For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company’s basic earnings per share was determined as 

follows:

For the Years Ended
December 31,

2020

2019

(in thousands, except share and
per share amounts)

Net Income Allocated to:

8,462 
  $
Class A Common Stock
— 
Participating Shares of Restricted Class A Common Stock    
  $
Net Income for Basic Earnings Per Share
8,462 
    17,196,939     17,945,686 
Basic Weighted-Average Shares Outstanding

8,868   $
6    
8,874   $

Add: Participating Shares of Restricted Class A Common 
Stock1

Total Basic Weighted-Average Shares Outstanding
Basic Earnings per Share

11,235    

— 
    17,208,174     17,945,686 
0.47  
  $

0.52   $

1

Certain unvested shares of Class A common stock granted to employees have nonforfeitable rights to dividends and therefore participate 
fully in the results of the Company from the date they are granted.  They are included in the computation of basic earnings per share using 
the two-class method for participating securities.

F-23

 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
     
  
   
Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Diluted earnings per share adjusts this calculation to reflect the impact of all outstanding membership units of 
the operating company, phantom Class B units, phantom Class A common stock, phantom Delayed Exchange Class  
B  units,  outstanding  Class  B  unit  options,  options  to  purchase  Class  A  common  stock,  and  restricted  Class  A 
common stock, to the extent they would have a dilutive effect on earnings per share for the reporting period.  Net 
income for diluted earnings per share generally assumes all outstanding operating company membership units are 
converted into Company stock at the beginning of the reporting period and the resulting change to the Company's 
net income associated with its increased interest in the operating company is taxed at the Company’s effective tax 
rate, exclusive of any prior period and other adjustments.  When this conversion results in an increase in earnings 
per share or a decrease in loss per share, diluted net income and diluted earnings per share are assumed to be equal 
to basic net income and basic earnings per share for the reporting period.

For  the  years  ended  December 31,  2020  and  2019,  the  Company’s  diluted  net  income  was  determined  as 

follows:

For the Years Ended
December 31,

2020

2019

(in thousands)

Net Income Attributable to Non-Controlling Interests of 
Pzena Investment Management, LLC

Less: Assumed Corporate Income Taxes
Assumed After-Tax Income of Pzena Investment 
Management, LLC
Net Income of Pzena Investment Management, Inc.

Diluted Net Income

  $

42,421    $
(10,529)   

36,570 
(10,986)

31,892     
8,874     
40,766    $

25,584 
8,462 
34,046  

  $

Under  the  two-class  method,  earnings  per  share  is  calculated  by  dividing  net  income  for  diluted  earnings  per 
share by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, plus the dilutive effect of 
any potential common shares outstanding during the period using the more dilutive of the treasury method or two-
class method.  The two-class method includes an earnings allocation formula that determines earnings per share for 
each  participating  security  according  to  dividends  declared  and  undistributed  earnings  for  the  period.    The 
Company’s  net  income  for  diluted  earnings  per  share  is  reduced  by  the  amount  allocated  to  participating  Class  B 
units  for  purposes  of  calculating  earnings  per  share.    Dividend  equivalent  distributions  paid  per  share  on  the 
Company’s  unvested  Class  B  units  are  equal  to  the  dividends  paid  per  share  of  Class  A  common  stock  of  the 
Company.

F-24

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company’s diluted earnings per share were determined 

as follows:

Diluted Net Income Allocated to:

For the Years Ended
December 31,

2020

2019

(In thousands, except share and
per share amounts)

Class A Common Stock
  $
Participating Shares of Restricted Class A Common Stock    
Participating Class B Units and Class B-1 Units
Total Diluted Net Income Attributable to Shareholders
Basic Weighted-Average Shares Outstanding
Dilutive Effect of Class B Units
Dilutive Effect of Options1
Dilutive Effect of Phantom Units
Dilutive Effect of Restricted Shares of Class A Common 
Stock2

Dilutive Weighted-Average Shares Outstanding

Add: Participating Class B Units and Class B-1 Units3    

Total Dilutive Weighted-Average Shares Outstanding
Diluted Earnings per Share

37,732   $
6    
3,028    
40,766   $

34,046 
— 
— 
  $
34,046 
    17,208,174     17,945,686 
    54,156,631     52,132,910 
759,797 
3,243,612 

12,637    
1,874,199    

12,660    

44,107 
    73,264,301     74,126,112 
73,196 
    79,143,710     74,199,308 
0.46  
  $

5,879,409    

0.52   $

1

2

3

Represents the dilutive effect of options to purchase Class B units, Delayed Exchange Class B units, and Class A common stock.

Certain restricted shares of Class A common stock granted to employees are not entitled to dividend or dividend equivalent payments until 
they are vested and are therefore non-participating securities and are not included in the computation of basic earnings per share. They are 
included in the computation of diluted earnings per share when the effect is dilutive using the treasury stock method.

Unvested  Class  B  Units  granted  to  employees  have  nonforfeitable  rights  to  dividends  and  therefore  participate  fully  in  the  results  of  the 
operating company's operations from the date they are granted. Vested and unvested Class B-1 units are entitled to receive distributions for 
the  duration  of  the  holder’s  employment  with  the  operating  company,  will  participate  in  additional  value  to  the  extent  there  has  been 
appreciation subsequent to the issuance of the Class B-1 membership unit. Unvested Class B units and vested and unvested Class B-1 units 
are included in the computation of diluted earnings per share using the two-class method for participating securities.

Approximately 5.5 million options to purchase Class B units, 0.2 million options to purchase shares of Class A 
common stock, and 1.0 million contingent options to purchase shares of Class A common stock were excluded from 
the calculation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2020, as their inclusion would have 
had an antidilutive effect based on current market prices or because the option had contingent vesting requirements 
that  were  not  met.    Approximately  0.3  million  options  to  purchase  Class  B  units,  0.1  million  options  to  purchase 
shares  of  Class  A  common  stock,  and  1.0  million  contingent  options  to  purchase  Class  A  common  stock  were 
excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2019, as their inclusion 
would have had an antidilutive effect based on current market prices or because the option had contingent vesting 
requirements that were not met.

Note 6 — Shareholders’ Equity

The Company functions as the sole managing member of the operating company.  As a result, the Company: (i) 
consolidates the financial results of the operating company and reflects the membership interest in it that it does not 
own as a non-controlling interest in its consolidated financial statements; and (ii) recognizes income generated from 
its economic interest in the operating company’s net income.  Class A and Class B units of the operating company 
have the same economic rights per unit. Class B-1 membership units, first issued on December 31, 2019, are entitled 
to receive distributions for the duration of the holder’s employment with the operating company, will participate in 
additional value to the extent there has been appreciation subsequent to the issuance of the Class B-1 membership 
unit.  As  of  December 31,  2020,  the  holders  of  Class  A  common  stock  (through  the  Company)  and  the  holders  of 
Class B units of the operating company held approximately 24.2% and 75.8%, respectively, of the economic interest 
in  the  December  31,  2020  value  of  the  operating  company.  As  of  December  31,  2020,  the  holders  of  Class  A 
common stock (through the Company), the holders of Class B units of the operating company, and the holders of 
Class  B-1  units  of  the  operating  company  held  22.4%,  70.1%,  and  7.5%,  respectively,  of  the  right  to  the  future 
income and distributions.  As of December 31, 2019, the holders of Class A common stock (through the Company) 

F-25

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
     
  
   
   
   
   
Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

and the holders of Class B units of the operating company held approximately 26.4% and 73.6%, respectively, of the 
economic interest in the December 31, 2019 value of the operating company. As of December 31, 2019, the holders 
of Class A common stock (through the Company), the holders of Class B units of the operating company, and the 
holders of Class B-1 units of the operating company held 24.1%, 71.0%, and 4.9%, respectively, of the right to the 
future income and distributions

Each  Class  B  unit  of  the  operating  company  has  a  corresponding  share  of  the  Company’s  Class  B  common 
stock, par value $0.000001 per share.  Each share of the Company’s Class B common stock entitles its holder to five 
votes, until the first time that the number of shares of Class B common stock outstanding constitutes less than 20% 
of the number of all shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding.  From this time and thereafter, each share 
of the Company’s Class B common stock entitles its holder to one vote.  When a Class B unit is exchanged for a 
share  of  the  Company’s  Class  A  common  stock  or  forfeited,  a  corresponding  share  of  the  Company’s  Class  B 
common stock will automatically be redeemed and canceled. Conversely, to the extent that the Company causes the 
operating  company  to  issue  additional  Class  B  units  to  employees  pursuant  to  its  equity  incentive  plan,  these 
additional holders of Class B units would be entitled to receive a corresponding number of shares of the Company’s 
Class B common stock (including if the Class B units awarded are subject to vesting). Class B-1 units have not been 
issued corresponding shares and do not have voting rights.

All holders of the Company’s Class B common stock have entered into a stockholders’ agreement, pursuant to 
which they agreed to vote all shares of Class B common stock then held by them in accordance with the majority of 
votes of Class B common stockholders taken in a preliminary vote of the Class B common stockholders.

The outstanding shares of the Company’s Class A common stock represent 100% of the rights of the holders of 
all classes of the Company’s capital stock to receive distributions, except that holders of Class B common stock will 
have the right to receive the class’s par value upon the Company’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

Pursuant to the operating agreement of the operating company, each vested Class B unit is exchangeable for a 

share of the Company’s Class A common stock, subject to certain exchange timing and volume limitations.

Pursuant to the operating agreement of the operating company, each vested Class B-1 unit, upon the end of the 
holder’s employment, is exchanged for shares of Class A common stock in an amount based upon the appreciation 
in price of the Class A common stock from the date of grant to the date of exchange.

On  December  22,  2020  and  December  23,  2019,  certain  of  the  operating  company’s  members  exchanged  an 
aggregate of 494,316 and 234,602, respectively, of their Class B units for an equivalent number of shares of Class A 
common  stock  of  the  Company.    These  acquisitions  of  additional  operating  company  membership  interests  were 
treated as reorganizations of entities under common control as required by the Business Combinations Topic of the 
FASB ASC.

The  incremental  assets  and  liabilities  assumed  in  the  exchanges  were  recorded  on  December  22,  2020  and 

December 23, 2019 as follows:

Pzena Investment Management, LLC Members' Capital
Pzena Investment Management, LLC Accumulated Deficit
Realizable Deferred Tax Asset
Net Tax Receivable Liability to Converting Unitholders

Total

Common Stock, at Par
Additional Paid-in Capital

Total

December 22,
2020

December 23,
2019

  $

  $
  $

  $

(in thousands)
6,694    $
(6,072)   
506     
(430)   
698    $
5    $
693     
698    $

3,134 
(2,805)
12 
(10)
331 
2 
329 
331  

The Company announced a share repurchase program on April 24, 2012.  The Board of Directors authorized the 
Company to repurchase an aggregate of $10 million of the Company’s outstanding Class A common stock and the 
operating  company’s  Class  B  units  on  the  open  market  and  in  private  transactions  in  accordance  with  applicable 
securities laws.  On February 5, 2014, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase an additional 
$20 million of the Company's outstanding Class A common stock and Class B units of the operating company.  On 

F-26

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

April 19, 2018, the Company announced an additional increase of $30 million in the aggregate amount authorized 
under the current program to repurchase Class A common stock and Class B units.  The timing, number and value of 
common shares and units repurchased are subject to the Company’s discretion.  The Company’s share repurchase 
program is not subject to an expiration date and may be suspended, discontinued, or modified at any time, for any 
reason.

During  the  year  ended  December 31,  2020,  the  Company  purchased  and  retired  1,211,573  shares  of  Class  A 
common stock and 107,204 Class B units at an average price per share of $6.32 and $5.97, respectively.  During the 
year ended December 31, 2019, the Company purchased and retired 734,443 shares of Class A common stock and 
198,214  Class  B  units  at  an  average  price  per  share  of  $8.74  and  $6.94,  respectively.    The  Company  records  the 
repurchase of shares and units at cost based on the trade date of the transaction.

During  the  years  ended  December 31,  2020  and  2019,  554,860  and  19,338  Delayed  Exchange  Class  B  units 
were  issued  for  approximately  $2.3  million  and  $0.1  million  in  cash,  respectively,  to  certain  employee  members 
pursuant to the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. 

Note 7 — Non-Controlling Interests

Non-Controlling Interests in the operations of the Company’s operating company and consolidated subsidiaries 

are comprised of the following:

For the Years Ended
December 31,

2020

2019

(in thousands)

Non-Controlling Interests of Pzena Investment Management, 
LLC
Non-Controlling Interests of Consolidated Subsidiaries
Non-Controlling Interests

  $

  $

42,421   $
243    
42,664   $

36,570 
444 
37,014  

Distributions to non-controlling interests represent tax allocations and dividend equivalents paid to the members 

of the operating company, as well as redemptions by investors in the Company’s consolidated subsidiaries.

Note 8 — Investments

The following is a summary of Investments:

As of
  December 31, 2020    December 31, 2019  
(in thousands)

Equity Investments, at Fair Value

Equity Securities
Mutual Funds

  $

Total Equity Investments, at Fair Value   $

Trading Securities

U.S. Treasury Bills

Total Trading Securities

Investment in Equity Method Investees
Total

  $

18,739   $
7,314    
26,053   $

—    
—    
8,051    
34,104   $

15,715 
20,039 
35,754 

9,100 
9,100 
11,080 
55,934  

F-27

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
  
   
   
     
  
   
   
   
Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Investment Securities, Trading

Investments, at Fair Value consisted of the following at December 31, 2020:

Equity Securities
Mutual Funds

Total Equity Investments, at Fair Value

Cost

Unrealized
Gain/(Loss)     Fair Value  

(in thousands)

  $

  $

16,521   $
7,293    
23,814   $

2,218   $
21    
2,239   $

18,739 
7,314 
26,053  

Securities Sold Short, at Fair Value consisted of the following at December 31, 2020:

Equity Securities

Total Securities Sold Short, at Fair Value

Cost

Unrealized
Gain/(Loss)
(in thousands)

    Fair Value  

  $
  $

620   $
620   $

94   $
94   $

714 
714  

Investments, at Fair Value consisted of the following at December 31, 2019:

Equity Securities
Mutual Funds

Total Equity Investments, at Fair Value

U.S. Treasury Bills

Total Trading Securities

Investments in Equity Method Investees

Cost

Unrealized
(Gain)/Loss     Fair Value  

(in thousands)

14,712   $
20,015   $
34,727   $

1,003   $
24   $
1,027   $

15,715 
20,039 
35,754 

Cost

Unrealized
Gain/(Loss)     Fair Value  

(in thousands)

9,099   $
9,099   $

1   $
1   $

9,100 
9,100  

  $
  $
  $

  $
  $

The  operating  company  sponsors  and  provides  investment  management  services  to  certain  private  investment 
partnerships  and  Pzena  mutual  funds  through  which  it  offers  its  investment  strategies.    The  Company  has  made 
investments in certain of these private investment partnerships and mutual funds to satisfy its obligations under the 
Company's  deferred  compensation  program  and  provide  the  initial  cash  investment  in  our  mutual  funds.    The 
Company holds a non-controlling interest and exercises significant influence in these entities, and accounts for its 
investments  as  equity  method  investments  which  are  included  in  Investments  on  the  consolidated  statements  of 
financial condition. As of December 31, 2020, the Company's investments range between 2% and 5% of the capital 
of these entities and have an aggregate carrying value of $8.1 million. 

F-28

 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
     
      
      
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 9 — Fair Value Measurements

The  Fair  Value  Measurements  and  Disclosures  Topic  of  the  FASB  ASC  defines  fair  value  as  the  price  that 
would  be  received  to  sell  an  asset,  or  paid  to  transfer  a  liability,  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market 
participants at the measurement date.  The Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the FASB ASC also 
establishes a framework for measuring fair value and a valuation hierarchy based upon the transparency of inputs 
used in the valuation of an asset or liability.  Classification within the hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of 
input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  The valuation hierarchy contains three levels: (i) valuation 
inputs are unadjusted quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets (Level 1); (ii) valuation 
inputs  are  quoted  prices  for  identical  assets  or  liabilities  in  markets  that  are  not  active,  quoted  market  prices  for 
similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and other observable inputs directly or indirectly related to the asset 
or  liability  being  measured  (Level 2);  and  (iii) valuation  inputs  are  unobservable  and  significant  to  the  fair  value 
measurement (Level 3).

Level  1  assets  consist  primarily  of  certain  cash  equivalents  and  equity  investments  held  at  fair  value.  Cash 
investments in actively traded money market funds are measured at net asset values. Equity securities are exchange-
traded securities with quoted prices in active markets. The fair value of investments in mutual funds are based on 
published net asset values. 

Level 2 assets consist of debt securities for which the fair values are determined using independent third-party 
broker or dealer price quotes. U.S. Treasury bills are valued upon quoted market prices for similar assets in active 
markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets that are not active and inputs other than quoted prices that are 
observable or corroborated by observable market data. The fair value of corporate bonds is measured using various 
techniques, which consider recently executed transactions in securities of the issuer or comparable issuers, market 
price quotations (where observable), bond spreads and fundamental data relating to the issuer. 

Also  included  in  the  Company's  consolidated  statements  of  financial  condition  are  investments  in  American 
Depositary  Receipts  (“ADRs”)  and  Global  Depositary  Receipts  (“GDRs”).   Certain  of  the  Company’s  ADRs  and 
GDRs may not be listed on a public exchange and may be valued using an evaluated price based on a compilation of 
observable  market  information.  Inputs  used  include  currency  factors,  depositary  receipt  ratios,  exchange  prices  of 
underlying and common stock of the same issuer, and adjustments for corporate actions. ADRs and GDRs valued 
using an evaluated price have been classified as Level 2.

The investments in equity method investees are held at their carrying value.

The following tables present these instruments’ fair value at December 31, 2020:

Assets
Cash Equivalents:

Money Market Funds
U.S. Treasury Bills
Corporate Bonds

Equity Investments, at Fair Value:

Equity Securities
Mutual Funds
Trading Securities:

U.S. Treasury Bills

Total

Liabilities

Securities Sold Short

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

(in thousands)

  $

  $

  $

8    $
—     
—     

18,006     
7,314     

—     
25,328    $

—    $
—     
—     

733     
—     

—     
733    $

714     
714    $

—     
—    $

—    $
—     
—     

—     
—     

—     
—    $

—     
—    $

8 
— 
— 

18,739 
7,314 

— 
26,061 

714 
714  

F-29

 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
      
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
  
   
Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The following tables present these instruments’ fair value at December 31, 2019:

Assets
Cash Equivalents:

Money Market Funds
U.S. Treasury Bills
Corporate Bonds

Equity Investments, at Fair Value:

Equity Securities
Mutual Funds
Trading Securities:

U.S. Treasury Bills

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

(in thousands)

  $

17,129    $
—     
—     

—    $
—     
—     

—    $
—     
—     

17,129 
— 
— 

15,195     
20,039     

520     
—     

—     
—     

15,715 
20,039 

—     
52,363    $

9,100     
9,620    $

  $

—     
—    $

9,100 
61,983  

Transfers among levels, if any, are recorded as of the beginning of the reporting period.  For the years ended 
December 31, 2020, and 2019, there were no transfers between levels.  In addition, the Company did not hold any 
Level 3 securities as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Note 10 — Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, net, is comprised of the following:

Leasehold Improvements
Furniture and Fixtures
Computer Hardware
Computer Software
Office Equipment

Total

Less: Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization

Total

As of

December 31,
2020

December 31,
2019

(in thousands)
6,929   $
1,591    
745    
879    
212    
10,356    
(5,980)  
4,376   $

6,929 
1,591 
701 
879 
212 
10,312 
(4,765)
5,547  

 $

 $

Depreciation is included in general and administrative expense and totaled $1.2 million and $1.1 million for the 

years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019, respectively. 

Note 11 — Related Party Transactions

For  the  years  ended  December 31,  2020,  and  2019,  the  Company  earned  $0.8  million  and  $0.6  million, 
respectively, in investment advisory fees from unconsolidated VIEs which receive investment management services 
from the Company. 

During  the  year  ended  December 31,  2020,  and  2019,  the  Company  offered  loans  to  employees,  excluding 
executive officers, for the purpose of financing tax obligations associated with compensatory stock and unit vesting.  
Loans  are  generally  written  for  a  seven-year  period,  at  an  interest  rate  equivalent  to  the  Applicable  Federal  Rate, 
payable in annual installments, and collateralized by units held by the employee.  These loans are full recourse in 
nature and totaled $2.6 million and $1.7 million at December 31, 2020, and 2019, respectively. 

The  operating  company,  as  the  investment  adviser  for  certain  Pzena  branded  SEC-registered  mutual  funds, 
private placement funds, and non-U.S. funds, has contractually agreed to waive a portion or all of its management 
fees and pay fund expenses to ensure that the annual operating expenses of the funds stay below certain established 
total  expense  ratio  thresholds.    The  Company  recognized  $1.3  million  of  such  expenses  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2020, and $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.

F-30

 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
      
      
      
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The operating company manages the personal funds of certain of the Company’s employees, including the CEO and 
its two Presidents.  The operating company also manages accounts beneficially owned by a private fund in which 
certain of the Company’s executive officers invest. Investments by employees in individual accounts are permitted 
only at the discretion of the executive committee of the operating company, but are generally not subject to the same 
minimum investment levels that are required of outside investors. The operating company also manages the personal 
funds of some of its employees’ family members. Pursuant to the respective investment management agreements, 
the  operating  company  waives  or  reduces  its  regular  advisory  fees  for  these  accounts  and  personal  funds.  The 
aggregate value of the fees that the Company waived related to the Company’s executive officers, other employees, 
and family members, was approximately $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, and $0.6 million in the 
year ended December 31, 2019.

Pursuant  to  a  tax  receivable  agreement  signed  between  the  members  of  the  operating  company  and  the 
Company, 85% of the cash savings generated by tax elections discussed in Note 13 — Income Taxes, are distributed 
to the selling and converting shareholders upon the realization of this benefit.  For the years ended December 31, 
2020,  and  2019,  $0.5  million  and  $0.8  million,  respectively,  of  such  payments  were  made  to  certain  directors, 
executive officers and employees of the Company.

Note 12 — Commitments and Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into agreements that include indemnities in favor of third 
parties, such as engagement letters with advisers and consultants.  In certain cases, the Company may have recourse 
against third parties with respect to these indemnities.  The Company maintains insurance policies that may provide 
coverage against certain claims under these indemnities.  The Company has had no claims or payments pursuant to 
these agreements, and it believes the likelihood of a claim being made is remote.  Utilizing the methodology in the 
Guarantees Topic of the FASB ASC, the Company’s estimate of the value of such guarantees is de minimis, and, 
therefore, no accrual has been made in the consolidated financial statements.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company moved to its new corporate headquarters.  The new 
office space is leased under a non-cancellable operating lease agreement that expires on December 31, 2025.  The 
Company  reflects  minimum  lease  expense  for  its  headquarters  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  lease  term.  The 
Company  entered  into  a  four-year  sublease  agreement  commencing  on  October  1,  2016,  which  terminated  on 
January  31,  2019.    The  Company  entered  into  a  new  sublease  agreement  commencing  on  February  1,  2019,  that 
expires  on  December  31,  2025.  During  October  of  2020,  the  Company  executed  an  amendment  to  the  sublease 
agreement. The sublease agreement is cancelable by either the Company or sublessee upon at least six months prior 
written notice.  For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, sublease income decreased annual lease expense 
by approximately $0.4 million per year. Sublease income will decrease annual lease expense by approximately $0.3 
million per year beginning in 2021.

During December 2018, the Company signed a non-cancellable amendment to the corporate headquarters lease 
to obtain additional space that expires on December 31, 2025.  In accordance with ASC 842, Leases, the lease term 
commenced  on  February  1,  2019  and  the  Company  recorded  a  Right-of-use  Asset  and  Lease  Liability  on  the 
consolidated statements of financial condition associated with the new lease.

During June 2019, the Company signed a non-cancellable lease to the business development and client service 
office in London lease to obtain additional space that expires on October 31, 2021.  In accordance with ASC 842, 
Leases, the lease term commenced on November 1, 2019 and the Company recorded a Right-of-use Asset and Lease 
Liability on the consolidated statements of financial condition associated with the new lease.

F-31

Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Lease expenses were $2.9 million and $2.8 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2020, and 
2019,  and  are  included  in  general  and  administrative  expense.    Lease  expense  for  each  of  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2020 and 2019, was net of $0.4 million and $0.4 million, respectively, in sublease income.

The  following  table  presents  the  components  of  operating  lease  expense,  as  well  as  supplemental  cash  flow 

information, related to the Company’s leases:

Operating lease expense
Supplemental cash flow information:

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

Operating cash flows from operating leases

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations

For the Years Ended December 
31,

2020

2019

  $

  $
  $

(in thousands)
2,282    $

2,532 

2,330    $
—    $

2,431 
4,135  

The following table presents information regarding the Company’s operating leases:

Operating lease right-of-use assets
Operating lease liabilities
Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years)
Weighted-average discount rate

Future minimum lease payments are as follows:

Year Ending December 31,

2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026 and thereafter

Total undiscounted lease payments

Less discount
Total lease liabilities

As of
December 31,
2020
(in thousands)

  $
  $

11,578 
11,905 
4.9 
4.3%

Minimum
Payments
(in thousands)

2,853 
2,574 
2,596 
2,607 
2,607 
- 
13,236 
(1,331)
11,905  

  $

F-32

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Note 13 — Income Taxes

The  operating  company  is  a  limited  liability  company  that  has  elected  to  be  treated  as  a  partnership  for  tax 
purposes. Neither it nor the Company’s other consolidated subsidiaries have made a provision for federal or state 
income taxes because it is the individual responsibility of each of these entities’ members (including the Company) 
to  separately  report  their  proportionate  share  of  the  respective  entity’s  taxable  income  or  loss.    The  operating 
company has made a provision for New York City UBT and its U.K. consolidated subsidiary has made a provision 
for U.K. corporate taxes.  The Company, as a “C” corporation under the Internal Revenue Code, is liable for federal, 
state and local taxes on the income derived from its economic interest in its operating company, which is net of UBT 
and U.K. taxes.  Correspondingly, in its consolidated financial statements, the Company reports both the operating 
company’s provision for UBT and U.K. taxes, as well as its provision for federal, state and local corporate taxes.  
The components of the income tax expense are as follows:

Current Provision:

Unincorporated and Other Business Taxes1
Local Corporate Tax
State Corporate Tax
Federal Corporate Tax

Total Current Provision
Deferred Provision:

Unincorporated and Other Business Taxes1
Local Corporate Tax
State Corporate Tax
Federal Corporate Tax
Total Deferred Provision
Total Income Tax Expense

For the Year Ended December 31,

2020

2019

(in thousands)

  $

  $

  $

  $
  $

937    $
—     
15     
(103)   
849    $

(79)  $
304     
267     
2,946     
3,438    $
4,287    $

1,272 
29 
16 
278 
1,595 

15 
376 
196 
3,613 
4,200 
5,795  

1

During the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the operating company recognized a $1.6 million and $1.6 million, respectively, tax 
benefit  associated  with  the  reversal  of  uncertain  tax  position  liabilities  and  interest  related  to  unincorporated  and  other  business  tax 
expenses.

F-33

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
   
   
   
   
      
  
   
   
   
Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

A  reconciliation  between  the  provision  for  income  taxes  reported  for  financial  reporting  purposes,  and  the 
application  of  the  statutory  U.S.  Federal  tax  rate  to  the  reported  income  before  income  taxes  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2020 and 2019, were as follows:

For the Year Ended December 31,

2020

2019

Amount

% of Pretax
Income

Amount

% of Pretax
Income

(in thousands, except % amounts)

Federal Corporate Tax
State and Local Corporate Tax, net of Federal Benefit
Unincorporated and Other Business Tax1
Non-Controlling Interests
Non-Deductible Share-Based Compensation
Other
Income Tax Expense

  $

  $

11,723     
586     
678     
(8,959)   
22     
237     
4,287     

21.0%   $
1.0%    
1.2%    
(16.0)%   
0.0%    
0.4%    
7.7%   $

10,767     
617     
1,017     
(7,773)   
730     
437     
5,795     

21.0%
1.2%
2.0%
(15.2)%
1.4%
0.9%
11.3%

1

During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the operating company recognized a $1.6 million and $1.6 million, respectively, tax 
benefit  associated  with  the  reversal  of  uncertain  tax  position  liabilities  and  interest  related  to  unincorporated  and  other  business  tax 
expenses.

The Income Taxes Topic of the FASB ASC establishes the minimum threshold for recognizing, and a system for 

measuring, the benefits of tax return positions in financial statements.

A  reconciliation  of  the  beginning  and  ending  amount  of  total  unrecognized  tax  benefits  for  the  years  ended 

December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:

For the Year Ended
December 31, 2020  

(in thousands)

Balance at December 31, 2019
Decreases Related to Prior Year Tax Positions
Increases Related to Current Year Tax Positions
Balance at December 31, 2020

 $

 $

7,193 
(1,210)
1,629 
7,612  

For the Year Ended
December 31, 2019  

(in thousands)

Balance at December 31, 2018
Decreases Related to Prior Year Tax Positions
Increases Related to Current Year Tax Positions
Balance at December 31, 2019

 $

 $

6,460 
(1,218)
1,951 
7,193  

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of 
Income  Tax  Expense  on  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations.    As  of  December 31,  2020  and  2019,  the 
Company  had  $7.6  million  and  $7.2  million  in  unrecognized  tax  benefits,  that,  if  recognized,  would  affect  the 
provision for income taxes.  As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had interest related to unrecognized 
tax benefits of $1.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively.  As a result of legislative changes, changes in judgment 
related to recognition or measurement, or potential settlements with taxing authorities, it is reasonably possible that 
the company's gross unrecognized tax benefits balance may change within the next twelve months by a range of zero 
to $4.5 million.

F-34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The  Company  and  the  operating  company  are  generally  no  longer  subject  to  U.S.  Federal  or  state  and  local 
income tax examinations by tax authorities for any year prior to 2017.  All tax years subsequent to, and including, 
2017 are considered open and subject to examination by tax authorities.

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, the Company generated $0.8 million in net operating loss 
carryforwards available for U.S. Federal, state and local income tax reporting purposes. As of December 31, 2019, 
the Company had no remaining net operating loss carryforwards available for U.S. Federal, state and local income 
tax reporting purposes.  

The acquisition of the Class B units of the operating company, noted below, has allowed the Company to make 
an election under Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code (“Section 754”) to step up its tax bases in the net assets 
acquired.  This step up is deductible for tax purposes over a 15-year period. 

Pursuant  to  a  tax  receivable  agreement  signed  between  the  members  of  the  operating  company  and  the 
Company,  85%  of  the  cash  savings  generated  by  this  election  will  be  distributed  to  the  selling  and  converting 
shareholders upon the realization of this benefit.

If  the  Company  exercises  its  right  to  terminate  the  tax  receivable  agreement  early,  the  Company  will  be 
obligated  to  make  an  early  termination  payment  to  the  selling  and  converting  shareholders,  based  upon  the  net 
present value (based upon certain assumptions and deemed events set forth in the tax receivable agreement) of all 
payments that would be required to be paid by the Company under the tax receivable agreement. If certain change of 
control events were to occur, the Company would be obligated to make an early termination payment.

As discussed in Note 6, Shareholders’ Equity, on December 22, 2020 and December 23, 2019, certain of the 
operating company’s members exchanged an aggregate of 494,316 and 234,602, respectively, of their Class B units 
for an equivalent number of shares of Class A common stock of the Company.  The Company elected to step up its 
tax basis in the incremental assets acquired in accordance with Section 754.  Based on the exchange-date fair values 
of the Company’s common stock and the tax basis of the operating company, this election gave rise to a $0.8 million 
deferred tax asset and corresponding $0.4 million liability to converting shareholders on December 22, 2020, and a 
$0.4  million  deferred  tax  asset  and  corresponding  less  than  $0.1  million  liability  to  converting  shareholders  on 
December 23, 2019.  As required by the Income Taxes Topic of the FASB ASC, the Company recorded the effects 
of these transactions in equity.

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the net values of all deferred tax assets were approximately $29.8 million 
and $32.7 million, respectively. These deferred tax assets primarily reflect the future tax benefits associated with the 
Company's  initial  public  offering,  and  the  subsequent  and  future  exchanges  by  holders  of  Class  B  units  of  the 
operating  company  for  shares  of  Class  A  common  stock.  At  December 31,  2020  and  2019,  the  Company  did  not 
have a valuation allowance recorded against its deferred tax assets.

The  change  in  the  Company’s  deferred  tax  assets  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2020,  is  summarized  as 

follows:

Balance at December 31, 2019
Deferred Tax (Expense)
Tax Impact of Transactions with Non-
Controlling Shareholders
Unit Exchange

Balance at December 31, 2020

Section 754

Other
(in thousands)

Total

  $

  $

27,953    $
(4,204)   

—     
506     
24,255    $

4,730    $
771     

(239)   
314     
5,576    $

32,683 
(3,433)

(239)
820 
29,831  

F-35

 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The change in the Company’s deferred tax liabilities, which is included in other liabilities on the Company’s 

consolidated statements of financial condition, for the year ended December 31, 2020, is summarized as follows:

Balance at December 31, 2019
Deferred Tax (Expense)
Balance at December 31, 2020

Total
(in 
thousands)

  $

  $

(2)
1 
(1)

The  change  in  the  Company’s  deferred  tax  assets  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019  is  summarized  as 

follows:

Balance at December 31, 2018
Deferred Tax (Expense)
Tax Impact of Transactions with Non-Controlling 
Shareholders
Unit Exchange

Balance at December 31, 2019

  Section 754    

Other
(in thousands)

Total

  $

32,075    $
(4,134)   

5,157    $
(64)  $

37,232 
(4,198)

—     
12     
27,953    $

(744)  $
381    $
4,730    $

(744)
393 
32,683  

  $

The change in the Company’s deferred tax liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2019 is summarized as 

follows:

Balance at December 31, 2018
Deferred Tax Benefit/ (Expense)
Balance at December 31, 2019

Total
(in thousands)

  $

  $

- 
(2)
(2)

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the net values of the liability to selling and converting shareholders were 
approximately $25.7 million and $28.7 million, respectively. The change in the Company’s liability to selling and 
converting shareholders for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, is summarized as follows:

Beginning Balance
Unit Exchanges
Tax Receivable Agreement Payments
Change in Liability

Ending Balance

  For the Year Ended December 31,  

2020

2019

(in thousands)

  $

  $

28,652    $
430     
(2,881)   
(500)   
25,701    $

32,389 
10 
(3,689)
(58)
28,652  

Note 14 — Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated the need for disclosures and/or adjustments resulting from subsequent events through 

the date the financial statements were issued.

On  January  26,  2021,  the  Company  declared  a  year-end  dividend  of  $0.25  per  share  of  its  Class  A  common 

stock which was paid on February 25, 2021 to holders of record on February 12, 2021.

F-36

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

Exhibit 14.1

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Revised June 2020

Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
Pzena investment Management, LLC

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

Dear Colleagues/Associates:

The  good  name  and  reputation  of  Pzena  Investment  Management,  Inc.,  Pzena  Investment 
Management, LLC and their subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company") are a result of the dedication and hard 
work  of  all  of  us.    Together,  we  are  responsible  for  preserving  and  enhancing  this  reputation,  a  task  that  is 
fundamental  to  our  continued  well-being.    Our  goal  is  not  just  to  comply  with  the  laws  and  regulations  that 
apply to our business; we also strive to abide by the highest standards of business conduct.

Set forth in the succeeding pages is the Company's Code of Business Conduct and Ethics ("the 
Code").  The purpose of the Code is to reinforce and enhance the Company's ethical way of doing business 
and, in particular, to provide regulations and procedures consistent with the Investment Company Act of 1940 
and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.  The contents of the Code are not new, however.  The policies set 
forth here are part of the Company's long-standing tradition of ethical business standards.

All  employees,  officers  and  directors  are  expected  to  comply  with  the  policies  set  forth  in  the 
Code.  Read the Code carefully and make sure that you understand it, the consequences of non-compliance, 
and  the  Code’s  importance  to  the  success  of  the  Company.    If  you  have  any  questions,  speak  to  the  Chief 
Compliance Officer or any of the alternate Compliance Officers identified in the Code.  

The Code should be viewed as the minimum requirements for conduct. The Code cannot and is 
not intended to cover every applicable law or provide answers to all questions that might arise; for that we must 
ultimately  rely  on  each  person's  good  sense  of  what  is  right,  including  a  sense  of  when  it  is  proper  to  seek 
guidance from others on the appropriate course of conduct.  When in doubt about the advisability or propriety 
of a particular practice or matter, please confer with the Legal and Compliance group.

We at the Company are committed to providing the best and most competitive services to our 

clients.  Adherence to the policies set forth in the Code will help us achieve that goal.

Sincerely,

Richard S. Pzena

Compliance Manual

Version 1.9

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

Table of Contents

    Page

PUTTING THIS CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS TO WORK ................1
About this Code of Business Conduct and Ethics .............................................................1
Purpose.....................................................................................................................................1
Employee Provisions ..............................................................................................................2
Implementation ........................................................................................................................2
Definitions.................................................................................................................................4
RESPONSIBILITY TO OUR ORGANIZATION .................................................................5
Conflicts of Interest .................................................................................................................5
Prohibited Transactions with Respect to Non-Company Securities ...............................6
Employee Trading Exceptions with Respect to Non-Company Securities ....................7
Exempt Transactions ..............................................................................................................7
Pre-Clearance Requirement..................................................................................................8
Reporting Requirements ........................................................................................................9
Other Prohibitions .................................................................................................................11
Company Disclosures...........................................................................................................12
Review ....................................................................................................................................12
Reporting Violations..............................................................................................................13
Background Checks..............................................................................................................13
Sanctions ................................................................................................................................13
Required Records .................................................................................................................14
Record Retention ..................................................................................................................14
Waivers of this Code.............................................................................................................15
Corporate Opportunities.......................................................................................................15
Protection and Proper Use of Company Assets...............................................................15
Client Information ..................................................................................................................15
Portfolio Company Information ...........................................................................................16
Company Information ...........................................................................................................16
INSIDER TRADING ........................................................................................................16
FAIR DEALING ...............................................................................................................17
Antitrust Laws ........................................................................................................................17
Conspiracies and Collaborations Among Competitors ...................................................17
Distribution Issues.................................................................................................................18
Penalties .................................................................................................................................18
Gathering Information About the Company's Competitors .............................................19
RESPONSIBILITY TO OUR PEOPLE ............................................................................19
Equal Employment Opportunity ..........................................................................................19
Non-Discrimination Policy ....................................................................................................19
Anti-Harassment Policy ........................................................................................................20
Individuals and Conduct Covered.......................................................................................20
Retaliation...............................................................................................................................20
Reporting an Incident of Harassment, Discrimination or Retaliation ............................20

Compliance Manual

i

Version 1.9

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

Leave Policies ...........................................................................................................21
Safety in the Workplace .......................................................................................................21
Weapons and Workplace Violence ......................................................................21
Drugs and Alcohol................................................................................................21
INTERACTING WITH GOVERNMENT ..........................................................................21
Prohibition on Gifts to Government Officials and Employees ........................................21
Political Contributions and Activities ..................................................................................22
Lobbying Activities.....................................................................................................22
Bribery of Foreign Officials ..................................................................................................22
Amendments and Modifications..........................................................................................23
Form ADV Disclosure. ..........................................................................................................23
Employee Certification. ........................................................................................................23

Compliance Manual

ii

Version 1.9

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

PUTTING THIS CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS TO WORK

About this Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We at the Company are committed to the highest standards of business conduct in our relationships with each 
other and with our clients, suppliers, shareholders and others.  This requires that we conduct our business in 
accordance with all applicable laws and regulations and in accordance with the highest standards of business 
conduct.  The Company's Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (this "Code") helps each of us in this 
endeavor by providing a statement of the fundamental principles and key policies and procedures that govern 
the conduct of our business.  Furthermore, this Code sets out procedures for compliance by the Company, a 
registered investment adviser to separately managed advisory accounts including registered investment 
companies (the "Funds") as well as unregistered funds and other private accounts, with Rule 17j-1 under the 
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, Rule 204A-1 and Rule 204-2 under the Investment Advisers 
Act of 1940, as amended (hereinafter, the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Investment Advisers Act 
of 1940 shall collectively be referred to as the "1940 Acts" and Rule 17j-1, Rule 204A-1 and Rule 204-2 shall 
be collectively referred to as the "Rules").  This Code is designed to establish standards and procedures for the 
detection and prevention of activities by which persons having knowledge of the investments and investment 
intentions of the Company's advisory accounts may breach their fiduciary duties, and to avoid and regulate 
situations that may give rise to conflicts of interest that the Rules address.

This Code is based on the principle that the Company owes a fiduciary duty to clients, to ensure that its 
employees conduct their Personal Security Transactions (as defined below) in a manner that does not interfere 
with clients’ transactions or otherwise take unfair advantage of the Company’s relationship to its clients.  The 
fiduciary principles that govern personal investment activities reflect, at a minimum, the following:  (1) the duty 
at all times to place the interests of the client first; (2) the requirement that all Personal Security Transactions 
be conducted consistent with this Code and in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of 
interest or any abuse of an individual's position of trust and responsibility; (3) the fundamental standard that 
investment personnel should not take inappropriate advantage of their positions; and (4) the requirement that 
investment personnel comply with applicable federal securities laws.  Our business depends on the reputation 
of all of us for integrity and principled business conduct.  Thus, in many instances, the policies referenced in 
this Code go beyond the requirements of the law.

Honesty and integrity are required of the Company and its employees, officers and directors at all times.  The 
standards herein should be viewed as the minimum requirements for conduct.  All employees, officers and 
directors of the Company are encouraged and expected to go above and beyond the standards outlined in this 
Code in order to provide clients with top level service while adhering to the highest ethical standards.  

This Code is a statement of policies for individual and business conduct and does not, in any way, constitute 
an employment contract or an assurance of continued employment.  Employees of the Company are employed 
at-will, except when covered by an express, written employment agreement.  This means that employees may 
choose to resign their employment at any time, for any reason or for no reason at all.  Similarly, the Company 
may choose to terminate employees’ employment at any time, for any legal reason or for no reason at all, but 
not for an unlawful reason.

Purpose

The purpose of this Code is to reinforce and enhance the Company's ethical way of doing business and, in 
particular, to provide regulations and procedures consistent with the 1940 Acts and the Rules. As required by 

Compliance Manual

1

Version 1.9

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

Rule 204A-1, this Code sets forth standards of conduct, requires compliance with the federal securities laws 
and addresses personal trading.  In addition, this Code is designed to give effect to the general prohibitions set 
forth in Rule 17j-1(b), to wit:

"It is unlawful for any affiliated person of or principal underwriter for a Fund, or any affiliated person 
of an investment adviser of or principal underwriter for a Fund, in connection with the purchase or 
sale, directly or indirectly, by the person of a security held or to be acquired by the Fund:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

To employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Fund;

To make any untrue statement of a material fact to the Fund or omit to state a material 
fact necessary in order to make the statements made to the Fund, in light of the 
circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

To engage in any act, practice, or course of business that operates or would operate as 
a fraud or deceit on the Fund; or

(iv)

To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Fund.”

Employee Provisions

All Access Persons are required to file reports of their Personal Security Transactions (as defined below), 
excluding exempted securities, as provided in the "Pre-Clearance Requirement" and “Reporting Requirements” 
sections below and, if they wish to trade in the Company’s stock or in the same securities as any of the 
Company's advisory accounts, must comply with the specific procedures in effect for such transactions.

The reports of employees will be reviewed and compared with the activities of the Company's advisory 
accounts and, if a pattern emerges that indicates abusive trading or noncompliance with applicable 
procedures, the matter will be referred to the Company's Chief Compliance Officer (the "CCO"), who will make 
appropriate inquiries and decide what action, if any, is then appropriate, including escalation to the Company's 
management as needed.

Implementation

In order to implement this Code, a CCO and one or more alternate Compliance Officers (each, an "Alternate") 
shall be designated from time to time for the Company.  The current CCO is Joan F. Berger and the current 
Alternates are Steven Coffey, Geoff Bauer, Jacques Pompy, and Bill Zois.

The duties of the CCO and each Alternate shall include:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

Continuous maintenance of a current list of Access Persons as defined herein;

Furnishing all employees with a copy of this Code, and initially and periodically informing 
them of their duties and obligations thereunder;

Training and educating employees regarding this Code and their responsibilities 
hereunder;

Compliance Manual

2

Version 1.9

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

(iv)

Maintaining, or supervising the maintenance of, all records required by this Code;

(v)

(vi)

(vii)

Maintaining a list of the Funds that the Company advises or subadvises;

Determining with the assistance of an Approving Officer (as defined below) whether any 
particular Personal Security Transaction should be exempted pursuant to the provisions 
of the sections titled "Conflicts of Interest" or "Prohibited Transactions" of this Code;

Determining with the assistance of an Approving Officer whether special circumstances 
warrant that any particular security or Personal Security Transaction be temporarily or 
permanently restricted or prohibited;

(viii) Maintaining, from time to time as appropriate, a current list of the securities that are 

restricted or prohibited pursuant to (vii) above;

(ix)

(x)

(xi)

(xii)

Issuing any interpretation of this Code that may appear consistent with the objectives of 
the Rules and this Code;

Conducting such inspections or investigations as shall reasonably be required to detect 
and report violations of this Code, as described in paragraphs (xi) and (xii) below, to the 
Company's management and the Board of Directors of Pzena Investment Management, 
Inc. (the "Board");

Submitting periodic reports to the Company's management containing: (A) a description 
of any material violation by any non-executive employee of the Company and the 
sanction imposed; (B) a description of any violation by any director or executive officer of 
the Company and the sanction imposed; (C) interpretations issued by and any material 
exemptions or waivers found appropriate by the CCO; and (D) any other significant 
information concerning the appropriateness of this Code; and

Submitting a report at least annually to the Board and the Executive Committee of Pzena 
Investment Management, LLC (the "Executive Committee") that: (A) summarizes 
existing procedures concerning personal investing and any changes in the procedures 
made during the past year; (B) identifies the violations described in clauses (A) and (B) 
of the preceding paragraph (xi); (C) identifies any recommended changes in existing 
restrictions or procedures based upon experience under this Code, evolving industry 
practices or developments in applicable laws or regulations; and (D) reports of efforts 
made with respect to the implementation of this Code through orientation and training 
programs and ongoing reminders.

Each of us is responsible for knowing and understanding the policies and guidelines contained in the following 
pages.  If persons have questions, please ask them; if they have ethical concerns, please raise them.  The 
CCO, who is responsible for overseeing and monitoring compliance with this Code, and the other resources 
set forth in this Code are available to answer questions and provide guidance and for persons to report 
suspected misconduct.  Our conduct should reflect the Company's values, demonstrate ethical leadership, and 
promote a work environment that upholds the Company's reputation for integrity, ethical conduct and trust.
Copies of this Code are available from the CCO and on the Company's website.  A statement of compliance 
with this Code must be completed by all officers, directors and employees on an annual basis.

Compliance Manual

3

Version 1.9

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

This Code cannot provide definitive answers to all questions.  If employees have questions regarding any of 
the policies discussed in this Code or if employees are in doubt about the best course of action in a particular 
situation, employees should seek guidance from a supervisor, the CCO or the other resources identified in this 
Code. 

This Code is a statement of the fundamental principles and key policies and procedures that govern the 
conduct of the Company's business.  It is not intended to and does not create any obligations to or rights in any 
employee, director, client, supplier, competitor, shareholder or any other person or entity.

Definitions

For purposes of this Code:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

"Access Person(s)" means any employee, officer, or director (provided that directors 
may rebut the presumption of access established under Rule 17j-1(a)(1) by way of 
certification) of the Company.  Contractors, interns, and other temporary staff are not 
generally included; however, we seek separate confidentiality representations from such 
persons.   

"Approving Officer" means Richard S. Pzena, John P. Goetz, Ben Silver, Allison Fisch, 
or designee.

A security is "being considered for purchase or sale" when, subject to the Company's 
systematic buy/sell discipline as described in its Form ADV and client and prospect 
presentations, (i) a recommendation to purchase or sell that security has been made by 
the Company to an advisory account (e.g., the Portfolio Manager has instructed Portfolio 
Administration to begin preparing orders) or (ii) the Portfolio Manager is seriously 
considering making such a recommendation.

"Beneficial Ownership" means any interest by which an employee or officer or any 
member of such person's “immediate family” (which, for purposes of this Code includes 
a spouse or civil partner (wherever they may live), dependent child or stepchild 
(wherever they may live), or parent, sibling or other relative by blood or marriage living in 
the same household as the employee) can directly or indirectly derive a monetary benefit 
from the purchase, sale or ownership of a security.  Thus, a person may be deemed to 
have Beneficial Ownership of Securities held in accounts in such person's own name, 
such person's spouse’s name, and in all other accounts over which such person does or 
could be presumed to exercise investment decision-making powers, or other influence or 
control1, including trust accounts, partnership accounts, corporate accounts or other joint 
ownership or pooling arrangements; provided however, that with respect to spouses, a 
person shall no longer be deemed to have Beneficial Ownership of any accounts not 

1 In accordance with foreign regulations, this would include, without limitation, any security with which the Access Person is linked 
as a result of: (i) directly or indirectly controlling the security (in particular, but without limitation, by way of (i) having a majority of 
the voting rights in that security; or (ii) by being a shareholder in that security and having rights to appoint or remove a majority of 
the relevant Board, or to exercise a dominant influence over it under a shareholders’ agreement); or (ii) having a participating 
interest in the security, by holding, directly or indirectly, at least 20% or more of the voting rights or capital.

Compliance Manual

4

Version 1.9

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

(v)

(vi)

(vii)

(viii)

held jointly with his or her spouse if the person and the spouse are legally separated or 
divorced and are not living in the same household.

"Exempt Transactions" means the transactions described in the section hereof titled 
"Exempt Transactions." 

"Personal Security Transaction" means, for any employee or officer, a purchase, sale, 
gifting or donation of a security in which such person has, had, or will acquire a 
Beneficial Ownership.

"Purchase and Sale of a Security" includes, inter alia, the writing of an option to 
purchase or sell a security or participation in a tender offer.  In addition, the "sale of a 
security" also includes the disposition by a person of that security by donation or gift.  On 
the other hand, the acquisition by a person of a security by inheritance or gift is not 
treated as a "purchase" of that security under this Code as it is an involuntary purchase 
that is an Exempt Transaction under clause (iii) of the section titled "Exempt 
Transactions" below.

"Security" shall mean any common stock, preferred stock, treasury stock, single stock 
future, exchange traded fund or note, hedge fund, mutual fund, private placement, 
limited partnership interest, note, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate 
of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, 
transferable share, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional 
undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or 
privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group of securities 
(including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, 
option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign 
currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a "security," or 
any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt 
for, guarantee of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any of the foregoing.

RESPONSIBILITY TO OUR ORGANIZATION

Company employees, officers and directors are expected to dedicate their best efforts to advancing the 
Company's interests and to make decisions that affect the Company based on the Company's best interests, 
independent of outside influences.

Conflicts of Interest

A conflict of interest occurs when employees’ private interests interfere, or even appear to interfere, with the 
interests of the Company.  A conflict situation may arise when employees take actions or have interests that 
make it difficult for employees to perform Company work objectively and effectively.  Each employee’s 
obligation to conduct the Company's business in an honest and ethical manner includes the ethical handling of 
actual, apparent and potential conflicts of interest between personal and business relationships.  This includes 
full disclosure of any actual, apparent or potential conflicts of interest as set forth below.

As a fiduciary, the Company has an affirmative duty of care, loyalty, honesty, and good faith to act in the best 
interest of its clients.  Compliance with this duty can be achieved by avoiding conflicts of interest or, when 

Compliance Manual

5

Version 1.9

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

impracticable to do so, by fully disclosing all material facts concerning any conflict that does arise with respect 
to any client and following appropriate procedures designed to minimize any such conflict.  Employees must try 
to avoid situations that have even the appearance of conflict or impropriety.  Potential conflicts of interest 
should be brought to the attention of the CCO, who will determine whether further action is warranted (e.g., 
escalating such issues to the Risk Management Committee and/or Executive Committee, and/or 
recommending policy changes or additional disclosure). 

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

Conflicts of interest may arise where the Company or its employees have reason to 
favor the interests of one client over another client.  Favoritism of one client over another 
client constitutes a breach of fiduciary duty.

Employees are prohibited from using knowledge about pending or currently considered 
securities transactions for clients to profit personally, directly or indirectly, as a result of 
such transactions, including by purchasing or selling such securities.  Conflicts raised by 
Personal Security Transactions also are addressed more specifically below.

If the Company determines that an employee’s Beneficial Ownership of a Security 
presents a material conflict, the employee may be restricted from participating in any 
decision-making process regarding the security.  This may be particularly true in the 
case of proxy voting, and employees are expected to refer to and strictly adhere to the 
Company’s proxy voting policies and procedures in this regard.

Employees are required to act in the best interests of the Company’s clients regarding 
execution and other costs paid by clients for brokerage services.  Employees are 
expected to refer to and strictly adhere to the Company’s Best Execution policies and 
procedures.

(v)

Access Persons are not permitted to knowingly sell to or purchase from a client any 
security or other property, except securities issued by the client.

Employees, officers and directors are prohibited from trading, either personally or on behalf of others, while in 
possession of material, nonpublic information.  The Company’s Insider Trading Policy is hereby incorporated 
by reference and employees, officers and directors are required to comply with the provisions therein.

Prohibited Transactions with Respect to Non-Company Securities*

(i)

No Access Person or any member of such Access Person's immediate family may enter 
into a Personal Security Transaction for any security, or related security (e.g., 
derivatives, convertible instruments, corporate bonds), with actual knowledge that, at the 
same time, such security is "being considered for purchase or sale" by advisory 
accounts of the Company, or that such security is the subject of an outstanding 
purchase or sale order by advisory accounts of the Company except as provided below 
in the section titled "Employee Trading Exceptions with Respect to Non-Company 
Securities";

(ii)

Except under the circumstances described in the section below titled "Employee Trading 
Exceptions with Respect to Non-Company Securities," no Access Person or any 
member of such Access Person's immediate family shall purchase or sell any security, 

Compliance Manual

6

Version 1.9

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

or related security, within one business day before or after the purchase or sale of that 
security by advisory accounts of the Company;

No Access Person or any member of such Access Person’s immediate family shall be 
permitted to effect a short-term trade (i.e., to purchase and subsequently sell within 60 
calendar days, or to sell and subsequently purchase within 60 calendar days) involving 
the same or equivalent securities;

No Access Person or any member of such Access Person’s immediate family is 
permitted to enter into a Personal Security Transaction for any security that is named on 
a Prohibited List;

No Access Person or any member of such Access Person's immediate family shall 
purchase any security in an Initial Public Offering (other than a security issued by the 
Company);

No Access Person or any member of such Access Person’s immediate family shall, 
without the express prior approval of the CCO, acquire any security in a private 
placement, and if a private placement security is acquired, such employee must disclose 
that investment when he/she becomes aware of the Company's subsequent 
consideration of any investment in that issuer, and in such circumstances, an 
independent review shall be conducted by the CCO;

*For any transactions by employees, directors and certain related persons in the Company’s securities, please 
refer to the separate policy titled "Restrictions on Transactions in the Company’s Securities." 

Employee Trading Exceptions with Respect to Non-Company Securities*

Notwithstanding the prohibitions of the above section titled "Conflicts of Interest," an employee is permitted to 
purchase or sell any security, or related security, other than the Company's securities within one business day 
of the purchase or sale of that security by advisory accounts of the Company if the purchase or sale of the 
security is approved or allocated only after the Company's advisory accounts have each received their full 
allocation of the security purchased or sold on that day.

*For any transactions by employees, directors and certain related persons in the Company’s securities, please 
refer to the separate policy titled "Restrictions on Transactions in the Company’s Securities." 

Exempt Transactions

The following transactions are exempt from the pre-clearance, prohibitions, and reporting provisions of this 
Code:

(i)

Purchases or sales of securities of an open-end mutual fund, index fund, money market 
fund or other registered investment company that is not advised or subadvised by the 
Company;

Compliance Manual

7

Version 1.9

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

(vii)

(viii)

(ix)

Purchases or sales of securities for an account over which an employee has no direct 
control and does not exercise indirect control (e.g., an account managed on a fully 
discretionary basis by a third party);

Involuntary purchases or sales made by an employee;

Purchases that are part of an automatic dividend reinvestment plan;

Purchases that are part of an automatic investment plan, except that any transactions 
that override the preset schedule of allocations of the automatic investment plan must be 
reported in a quarterly transaction report;

Purchases or sales of U.S. Treasury securities (including purchases directly from the 
Treasury or a Federal Reserve Bank) and other direct obligations of the U.S. 
Government, as well as unsecured obligations of U.S. Government sponsored 
enterprises;

Purchases or sales of money market instruments, such as bankers acceptances, bank 
certificates of deposit, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and other high quality 
short-term debt instruments;

Purchases or sales of units in a unit investment trust if the unit investment trust is 
invested exclusively in unaffiliated mutual funds;

Purchases resulting from the exercise of rights acquired from an issuer as part of a pro 
rata distribution to all holders of a class of securities of such issuer and the sale of such 
rights; and

(x)

Purchases or sales of futures (except individual stock futures contracts) and commodity 
contracts.

The following transactions are exempt from the pre-clearance and prohibitions provisions of this Code; 
however, the reporting requirements of this Code shall apply to:

(i)

(ii)

Purchases or sales of open-end mutual funds advised or subadvised by the Company; 

Purchases or sales of closed-end mutual funds, exchange traded funds or notes 
(ETF/ETN), and derivatives of such securities;

(iii)        Purchases or sales of municipal securities.

Pre-Clearance Requirement

(i)

Unless an exception is granted by the CCO, each Access Person and each member of 
their immediate family must pre-clear all Personal Security Transactions by submitting a 
request through the Schwab Compliance Technology (“SCT”) system and awaiting 
approval.  A pre-clearance request to trade in a security, or related security, that is held 
in a client account or that is being considered for client purchase or sale, must also be 

Compliance Manual

8

Version 1.9

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

(ii)

(iii)

accompanied by a fully completed Securities Transaction Pre-Clearance Form, as 
approved by the CCO (or Alternate).  The Securities Transaction Pre-Clearance Forms 
generally include the signatures of an Approving Officer, the relevant Portfolio Manager, 
the Portfolio Implementation Desk and the Trading Desk.  The SCT system will include a 
list of all such securities within a “Restricted List.”  The Securities Transaction Pre-
Clearance Form can be found in the SCT system under the “My Policies” link;

All pre-cleared Personal Security Transactions, with the exception of private placements, 
must take place on the same day that the clearance is obtained.  Personal Security 
Transactions in foreign markets will be approved for the next trading session in that local 
market.  If the transaction is not completed on the date of clearance, a new clearance 
must be obtained, including one for any uncompleted portion.  Post-approval is not 
permitted under this Code.  If it is determined that a trade was completed before 
approval was obtained, it will be considered a violation of this Code; and

In addition to the restrictions contained in the "Conflicts of Interest" section hereof, an 
Approving Officer or the CCO may refuse to grant clearance of a Personal Security 
Transaction in his or her sole discretion without being required to specify any reason for 
the refusal.  Generally, an Approving Officer or the CCO will consider the following 
factors in determining whether or not to clear a proposed transaction:

(1)

(2)

whether the amount or the nature of the transaction or person making it is likely 
to affect the price or market of the security; and

whether the individual making the proposed purchase or sale is likely to receive a 
disproportionate benefit from purchases or sales being made or considered on 
behalf of any of the advisory clients of the Company.

The pre-clearance requirement does not apply to Exempt Transactions.  In case of doubt, the employee may 
present a Securities Transaction Pre-clearance Request Form to the CCO for consideration.

Reporting Requirements

(i)

No later than 10 days after becoming an employee, each individual shall provide a listing 
of all securities Beneficially Owned by the employee (an "Initial Holdings Report").  The 
information in the Initial Holdings Report must be current as of a date no more than 45 
days prior to the date the person became an employee.  The Initial Holdings Report 
should be furnished to the CCO, Alternate or any other person whom the Company 
designates, and contain the following information:

(1)

(2)

The title and type of security, and, as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or 
CUSIP number, the number of shares or the principal amount of each reportable 
security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial 
ownership when the person became an Access Person;

The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintains 
an account in which any reportable securities were held for the direct or indirect 
benefit of the Access Person, the account number; and

Compliance Manual

9

Version 1.9

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

(3)

The date the report is submitted by the Access Person.

(ii)

All employees must direct their brokers and/or affiliated mutual fund custodians to supply 
the CCO on a timely basis with duplicate copies of monthly or quarterly statements for all 
personal securities accounts as are customarily provided by the firms maintaining such 
accounts.  For all U.S.-based employees, unless otherwise approved by the CCO, 
brokerage accounts may only be maintained at the brokerage firms that provide the 
Company with a direct electronic feed through the SCT system.  The list of approved 
brokerage firms is available from the CCO or designee.  Accounts that are managed on 
a fully discretionary basis by an outside adviser (i.e. the employee has no direct control 
and does not exercise indirect control) are exempt from this requirement.

(iii)

Such duplicate statements must contain the following information (as applicable):

(1)

(2)

(3)

The date and nature of each transaction (purchase, sale or any other type of 
acquisition or disposition), if any;

Title, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number (if any), 
interest rate and maturity date, number of shares and, principal amount of each 
security and the price at which the transaction was effected;

The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction 
was effected; and

(4)

The date of issuance of the duplicate statements.

(iv)

(v)

No later than 30 days after each calendar quarter, all employees covered by this Code 
shall provide quarterly transaction reports confirming that they have disclosed or 
reported all Personal Security Transactions and holdings required to be disclosed or 
reported pursuant hereto for the previous quarter.

Within forty-five days of the end of each calendar year, all employees shall provide 
annual holdings reports listing all securities Beneficially Owned by the employee (the 
"Annual Holdings Report").  The information contained in the Annual Holdings Report 
shall be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the report is 
submitted, and shall include: 

(1)

(2)

The title and type of security, and, as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or 
CUSIP number, the number of shares or the principal amount of each security in 
which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;

The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintains 
an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of 
the Access Person, the account number; and

(3)

The date the report is submitted by the Access Person.

Compliance Manual

10

Version 1.9

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

(vi)

(vii)

Any statement or report submitted in accordance with this section may, at the request of 
the employee submitting the report, contain a statement that it is not to be construed as 
an admission that the person making it has or had any direct or indirect Beneficial 
Ownership in any Security to which the report relates.

All employees shall certify in writing, annually, that they have read and understand this 
Code and have complied with the requirements hereof and that they have disclosed or 
reported all Personal Security Transactions and holdings required to be disclosed or 
reported pursuant hereto.

(viii)

The CCO shall retain records for each employee that shall contain the monthly/quarterly 
account statements, quarterly and annual reports listed above and all Securities 
Transaction Pre-clearance Forms.

(ix) With respect to the receipt of gifts and entertainment, all employees shall promptly report 
on a form designated by the CCO the nature of such gift or entertainment, the date 
received, its approximate value, the giver and the giver's relationship to the Company.

(x)

With respect to reports regarding accounting matters, the Company is committed to 
compliance with applicable securities laws, rules, and regulations, accounting standards 
and internal accounting controls.  Employees are expected to report any complaints or 
concerns regarding accounting, internal accounting controls and auditing matters 
("Accounting Matters") promptly.  Reports may be made to the CCO in person, or by 
calling the Helpline at 1-888-475-8376.  Reports may be made anonymously to the 
Helpline; or in writing to the CCO at their offices by inter-office or regular mail.  All 
reports will be treated confidentially to the extent reasonably possible.  No one will be 
subject to retaliation because of a good faith report of a complaint or concern regarding 
Accounting Matters.  

Other Prohibitions

Gifts

No Access Person shall accept any gifts or anything else of more than a de minimis value from any 
person or entity that does business with or on behalf of the Company or any of the advisory accounts of 
the Company.  For purposes hereof, "de minimis value" shall mean a value of less than $100 per 
calendar year, or such higher amount as may be set forth in FINRA Conduct Rule 3220 from time to 
time.  Furthermore, all gifts to consultants and other decision-makers for client accounts must be 
reasonable in value and must be pre-approved by the Managing Principal, Marketing and Client 
Services and the CCO before distribution.  The Company has adopted a Business Gift and 
Entertainment Policy, which is located in the Company’s Compliance Manual.

Political Contributions

No Access Person may make political or charitable contributions for the purpose of obtaining or 
retaining advisory contracts with government entities.  In addition, no Access Person may consider the 
Company's current or anticipated business relationships as a factor in soliciting political or charitable 

Compliance Manual

11

Version 1.9

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

contributions.  The Company has adopted a Political Contributions Policy which is located in the 
Company’s Compliance Manual.

Outside Business Activities

No director or executive officer of the Company may serve on the board of directors (or similar 
governing body) of any corporation or business entity without the prior written approval of the 
Company's management.  Non-executive employees of the Company may only serve on the board of 
directors (or similar governing body) of a corporation or business entity with the prior written approval of 
the CCO in consultation with the Company's management, and if necessary the Board.  Prior written 
approval of the CCO is also required in the following two (2) additional scenarios:

(1)

(2)

Advisory Committee positions of any business, government or charitable entity 
where the members of the committee have the ability or authority to affect or 
influence the selection of investment managers or the selection of the investment 
of the entity's operating, endowment, pension or other funds.

Positions on the board of directors, trustees or any advisory committee of a 
Company client or any potential client who is actively considering engaging the 
Company’s investment advisory services.

Access Persons, subject to prior written supervisory approval and departmental restrictions, are 
permitted to engage in outside employment or other business activity (“Outside Business Activity”) if it 
is free of any actions that could be considered a conflict of interest.   Outside Business Activity must not 
adversely affect an Access Person's job performance at the Company, and must not result in 
absenteeism, tardiness or an Access Person's inability to work overtime when requested or required.  
Access Persons may not engage in Outside Business Activity that requires or involves using Company 
time, materials or resources.

Company Disclosures

It is Company policy to make full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in compliance with all 
applicable laws and regulations in all reports and documents that the Company files with, or submits to, the 
SEC and in all other public communications made by the Company.

Employees must complete all Company documents accurately, truthfully, and in a timely manner, including all 
travel and expense reports.  When applicable, documents must be properly authorized.  Employees must 
record the Company's financial activities in compliance with all applicable laws and accounting practices.  The 
making of false or misleading entries, records or documentation is strictly prohibited.  Employees must never 
create a false or misleading report or make a payment or establish an account on behalf of the Company with 
the understanding that any part of the payment or account is to be used for a purpose other than as described 
by the supporting documents.

Review

All pre-clearance requests, statements and reports of Personal Security Transactions and completed portfolio 
transactions of each of the Company’s advisory clients shall be compared by or under the supervision of the 

Compliance Manual

12

Version 1.9

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

CCO to determine whether a possible violation of this Code and/or other applicable trading procedures may 
have occurred.  Before making any final determination that a violation has been committed by any person, the 
CCO shall give such person an opportunity to supply additional explanatory information.

If the CCO or Alternate determines that a material violation of this Code has or may have occurred, he or she 
shall, following consultation with counsel to the Company if needed, submit a written determination and any 
additional explanatory material provided by the individual to the Company's management, the Board and the 
Executive Committee as necessary.

No person shall review his or her own report.  If a Personal Security Transaction of the CCO or the CCO's 
spouse is under consideration, an Alternate shall act in all respects in the manner prescribed herein for the 
CCO.

Reporting Violations

Any violations of this Code including violations of applicable federal securities laws, whether actual, known, 
apparent or suspected, should be reported promptly to the CCO or to any other person the Company may 
designate (as long as the CCO periodically receives reports of all violations).  It is imperative that reporting 
persons not conduct their own preliminary investigations.  Investigations of alleged violations may involve 
complex legal issues, and an employee acting on his own may compromise the integrity of an investigation and 
adversely affect both employees and the Company.  

Any reports of violations will be treated confidentially to the extent permitted by law and reasonably possible 
and investigated promptly and appropriately.  Any such reports may also be submitted anonymously.  
Employees are encouraged to consult the CCO with respect to any transaction that may violate this Code and 
to refrain from any action or transaction that might lead to the appearance of a violation.  Any retaliation 
against an individual who reports a violation is prohibited and constitutes a further violation of this Code.

The Company has a 24-hour Helpline, 1-888-475-8376, which employees can use to report violations of the 
Company's policies or to seek guidance on those policies.  Employees may report suspected violations to or 
ask questions of the Helpline anonymously; however, providing such employee's name may expedite the time 
it takes the Company to respond to such employee's call, and it also allows the Company to contact an 
employee if necessary during any investigation.  Either way, the Company should treat the information that 
employees provide as confidential.

Background Checks

Employees are required to promptly report any criminal, regulatory or governmental investigations or 
convictions to which they become subject.  Each employee is required to promptly complete and return any 
background questionnaires that the Company's Legal and Compliance group may circulate.

Sanctions

The Company intends to use every reasonable effort to prevent the occurrence of conduct not in compliance 
with this Code and to halt any such conduct that may occur as soon as reasonably possible after its discovery.  
Any violation of this Code shall be subject to the imposition of such sanctions by the CCO as may be deemed 
appropriate under the circumstances to achieve the purposes of the Rules and this Code, and may include 
suspension or termination of employment or of trading privileges, the rescission of trades, a written censure, 

Compliance Manual

13

Version 1.9

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

imposition of fines or of restrictions on the number or type of providers of personal accounts; and/or requiring 
equitable restitution.

Required Records

Required Records (as listed in this section) must be kept in an easily accessible place.  In addition, no records 
should be selectively destroyed, and all records must be retained if they are connected with any 
litigation/government investigation.  The CCO shall maintain and cause to be maintained in an easily 
accessible place, the following records:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

(h)

(i)

(j)

A copy of any Code that has been in effect at any time during the past five years;

A record of any violation of this Code and any action taken as a result of such violation for five 
years from the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurred;

A copy of each report made by the CCO within two years from the end of the fiscal year of the 
Company in which such report or interpretation is made or issued (and for an additional three 
years in a place that need not be easily accessible);

A list of the names of persons who are currently, or within the past five years were, employees;

A record of all written acknowledgements of receipt of this Code for each person who is 
currently, or within the past five years was, subject to this Code;

Holdings and transactions reports made pursuant to this Code, including any brokerage account 
statements made in lieu of these reports;

All pre-clearance forms shall be maintained for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year 
in which the approval was granted;

A record of any decision approving the acquisition of securities by employees in limited offerings 
for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which approval was granted;

Any exceptions reports prepared by Approving Officers or the Compliance Officer;

A record of persons responsible for reviewing employees' reports currently or during the last five 
years; and

(k)

A copy of reports provided to a Fund's board of directors regarding this Code.

For the first two years, the required records shall be maintained in the Company's New York offices.

Record Retention

In the course of its business, the Company produces and receives large numbers of records.  Numerous laws 
require the retention of certain Company records for various periods of time.  The Company is committed to 
compliance with all applicable laws and regulations relating to the preservation of records.  The Company's 
policy is to identify, maintain, safeguard and destroy or retain all records in the Company's possession on a 

Compliance Manual

14

Version 1.9

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

systematic and regular basis.   Under no circumstances are Company records to be destroyed selectively or to 
be maintained outside Company premises or designated storage facilities, except in those instances where 
Company records may be temporarily brought home by employees working from home in accordance with 
approvals from their supervisors or applicable policies about working from home or other remote locations.

If employees learn of a subpoena or a pending or contemplated litigation or government investigation, 
employees should immediately contact the General Counsel.  Employees must retain and preserve ALL 
records that may be responsive to the subpoena or relevant to the litigation or that may pertain to the 
investigation until employees are advised by the Legal and Compliance group as to how to proceed.  
Employees must also affirmatively preserve from destruction all relevant records that without intervention 
would automatically be destroyed or erased (such as e-mails and voicemail messages).  Destruction of such 
records, even if inadvertent, could seriously prejudice the Company.  If employees have any questions 
regarding whether a particular record pertains to a pending or contemplated investigation or litigation or may 
be responsive to a subpoena or regarding how to preserve particular types of records, employees should 
preserve the records in question and ask the Legal and Compliance group for advice.

Waivers of this Code

Waivers for directors and executive officers may be made by either the Board or the Audit Committee of the 
Board and must be promptly disclosed as required by law.  Waivers for non-executive officers and employees 
may be made by the CCO.

Corporate Opportunities

Employees and directors owe a duty to the Company to advance its legitimate interests when the opportunity 
to do so arises.  If employees learn of a business or investment opportunity through the use of corporate 
property or information or an employee's position at the Company, such as from a competitor or actual or 
potential client, supplier or business associate of the Company, employees may not participate in the 
opportunity or make the investment without the prior written approval of the CCO.  Directors must obtain the 
prior approval of the Board.  Such an opportunity should be considered an investment opportunity for the 
Company in the first instance.  Employees may not use corporate property or information or an employee's 
position at the Company for improper personal gain, and employees may not compete with the Company.

Protection and Proper Use of Company Assets

We each have a duty to protect the Company's assets and ensure their efficient use.  Theft, carelessness and 
waste have a direct impact on the Company's profitability.  We should take measures to prevent damage to 
and theft or misuse of Company property.  When employees leave the Company, all Company property must 
be returned to the Company.  Except as specifically authorized, Company assets, including Company time, 
equipment, materials, resources and proprietary information, must be used for business purposes only.

Client Information

Current federal regulations are designed to protect the privacy of customers of financial institutions and 
financial services providers.  In this regard, the Company has adopted privacy policies (the "Privacy Policies") 
by which each employee of the Company must agree to abide. The CCO will ensure that each employee of the 
Company acknowledges their adherence to the Privacy Policies. A copy of the Privacy Policies is found in the 

Compliance Manual

15

Version 1.9

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

Company’s Compliance Manual. The Company will keep a copy of the Privacy Policies and will make them 
available upon request.

Portfolio Company Information

Certain limitations on trading and other activities may result from employees of the Company receiving access 
to material, nonpublic information regarding the plans, earnings, operations or financial condition of issuers 
("Portfolio Companies").  If, in employee conversations, meetings or written communications with Portfolio 
Company management, employees are told (or have reason to believe) that the information employees have 
received is not public, employees should notify the CCO immediately.  If employees are forewarned that the 
information employees are about to receive is confidential/not public, employees should ask the person not to 
disclose the information to employees until employees have a chance to check with the Legal and Compliance 
group.  The Company’s Insider Trading Policy more fully discusses material, nonpublic information.     

Company Information

Unless employees are doing so in connection with Company duties and responsibilities, employees should not 
discuss specific details about the Company’s business with unauthorized persons, including family members.  
Even when representing the Company, employees need to be careful about disclosing certain information.  
Engaging in discussions with outside parties (who are not custodians and brokers or dealers implementing 
such strategies and transactions for us) about specific strategies or transactions in Portfolio Companies that 
the Company is or is considering implementing for clients may present a conflict of interest for the Company 
and may even subject the recipient of such information to this Code (including its personal trading policies).  It 
is very important to remember this when having discussions with personal friends, social acquaintances and 
former business associates or colleagues who are active investment management professionals (e.g., hedge 
fund managers, other investment advisers).   It is equally important to remember this when employees are 
discussing the Company’s business or clients with colleagues in public places (e.g., elevators, lunch lines).  
Employees should be particularly careful not to use actual company or client names in any public settings.   

Information that is proprietary to the Company should not be shared with others.  With regard to what might 
constitute material that is proprietary and/or should not be shared, employees may use a simple guideline that 
if we paid for it or if we created it, it is likely proprietary and should not be shared.  For example, the 
Company's proprietary stock analysis software should not be shared with others.  

INSIDER TRADING

Various federal and state securities laws and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Section 204A) require 
every investment adviser to establish, maintain and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably 
designed, taking into consideration the nature of such adviser's business, to prevent the misuse of material, 
nonpublic information in violation of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 or other securities laws by the 
investment adviser or any person associated with the investment adviser.

The CCO has the primary responsibility for the implementation and monitoring of the Company's Insider 
Trading Policy, practices, disclosures and recordkeeping. The Company’s Insider Trading Policy is designed to 
detect and prevent illegal insider trading. The Insider Trading Policy covers: (i) the Company, (ii) all persons 
controlled by, controlling or under common control with the Company (iii) consultants, subtenants, office 
occupants or other persons who are deemed to be Access Persons under this Code; and (iv) each and every 
employee, officer, director, general partner and member of the Company and any person described in clause 

Compliance Manual

16

Version 1.9

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

(ii) (all persons described in this paragraph are referred to collectively as the "Covered Persons").  The Insider 
Trading Policy extends to activities both within and outside each Covered Person’s relationship with the 
Company. The CCO will ensure that each employee of the Company acknowledges their adherence to the 
Insider Trading Policy. The Company will keep a copy of the Insider Trading Policy and will make it available 
upon request.

FAIR DEALING

The Company depends on its reputation for quality, service and integrity.  The way we deal with our clients, 
competitors and suppliers molds our reputation, builds long-term trust and ultimately determines our success.  
Employees should endeavor to deal fairly with the Company's clients, suppliers, competitors and other 
employees.  We must never take unfair advantage of others through manipulation, concealment, abuse of 
privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts or any other unfair dealing practice.

Antitrust Laws

While the Company competes vigorously in all of its business activities, its efforts in the marketplace must be 
conducted in accordance with all applicable antitrust and competition laws.  While it is impossible to describe 
antitrust and competition laws fully in any code of business conduct, this Code gives an overview of the types 
of conduct that are particularly likely to raise antitrust concerns.  If employees are or become engaged in 
activities similar to those identified in this Code, employees should consult the Legal and Compliance group for 
further guidance.

Conspiracies and Collaborations Among Competitors

One of the primary goals of the antitrust laws is to promote and preserve each competitor's independence 
when making decisions on price, output, and other competitively sensitive factors.  Some of the most serious 
antitrust offenses are agreements between competitors that limit independent judgment and restrain trade, 
such as agreements to fix prices, restrict output or control the quality of products, or to divide a market for 
clients, territories, products or purchases.  Employees should not agree with any competitor on any of these 
topics, as these agreements are virtually always unlawful.  (In other words, no excuse will absolve employees 
or the Company of liability.)

Unlawful agreements need not take the form of a written contract or even express commitments or mutual 
assurances.  Courts can -- and do -- infer agreements based on "loose talk," informal discussions, or the mere 
exchange between competitors of information from which pricing or other collusion could result.  Any 
communication with a competitor's representative, no matter how innocuous it may seem at the time, may later 
be subject to legal scrutiny and form the basis for accusations of improper or illegal conduct.  Employees 
should take care to avoid involving themselves in situations from which an unlawful agreement could be 
inferred.

By bringing competitors together, trade associations and standard-setting organizations may raise antitrust 
concerns, even though such groups serve many legitimate goals.  The exchange of sensitive information with 
competitors regarding topics such as prices, profit margins, output levels, or billing or advertising practices may 
potentially violate antitrust and competition laws, as may creating a standard with the purpose and effect of 
harming competition.  Employees must notify the Legal and Compliance group before joining any trade 
associations or standard-setting organizations. Further, if employees are attending a meeting at which 

Compliance Manual

17

Version 1.9

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

potentially competitively sensitive topics are discussed without oversight by an antitrust lawyer, employees 
should object, leave the meeting, and notify the Legal and Compliance group immediately. 

Joint ventures with competitors are not illegal under applicable antitrust and competition laws.  However, like 
trade associations, joint ventures present potential antitrust concerns.  The Legal and Compliance group 
should therefore be consulted before negotiating or entering into such a venture.

Distribution Issues

Relationships with clients and suppliers may also be subject to a number of antitrust prohibitions if these 
relationships harm competition.  For example, it may be illegal for a company to affect competition by agreeing 
with a supplier to limit that supplier's sales to any of the Company's competitors.  Collective refusals to deal 
with a competitor, supplier or client may be unlawful as well.  While the Company generally is allowed to 
decide independently that it does not wish to buy from or sell to a particular person, when such a decision is 
reached jointly with others, it may be unlawful, regardless of whether it seems commercially reasonable.  

Other activities that may raise antitrust concerns are:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

discriminating in terms and services offered to clients, where the Company treats one client 
or group of clients differently than another;

exclusive dealing agreements, where the Company requires a client to buy only from a 
particular supplier, or the supplier to sell only to the Company or the client;

tying arrangements, where a client or supplier is required, as a condition of purchasing or 
selling one product or service, also to purchase or sell a second, distinct product or service;

"bundled discounts," in which discount or rebate programs link the level of discounts 
available on one product or service to purchases of separate but related products or 
services; and

"predatory pricing," where the Company offers a discount that results in the sales price of a 
product or service being below the product’s or service's cost (the definition of cost varies 
depending on the court), with the intention of sustaining that price long enough to drive 
competitors out of the market. 

Because these activities are prohibited under many circumstances, employees should consult the Legal and 
Compliance group before implementing any of them.

Penalties

Failure to comply with the antitrust laws could result in jail terms for individuals and large criminal fines and 
other monetary penalties for both the Company and individuals.  In addition, private parties may bring civil suits 
to recover three times their actual damages, plus attorney's fees and court costs.

The antitrust laws are extremely complex.  Because antitrust lawsuits can be very costly (even when a 
company has not violated the antitrust laws and is cleared in the end), it is important to consult with the Legal 
and Compliance group before engaging in any conduct that even appears to create the basis for an allegation 

Compliance Manual

18

Version 1.9

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

of wrongdoing.  It is far easier to structure employee conduct to avoid erroneous impressions than to explain 
their conduct in the future when an antitrust investigation or action is in progress.  For that reason, when in 
doubt, consult the Legal and Compliance group with any concerns.

Gathering Information About the Company's Competitors

It is entirely proper for us to gather information about our marketplace, including information about our 
competitors and their products and services.  However, there are limits to the ways that information should be 
acquired and used, especially information about competitors.  In gathering competitive information, employees 
should abide by the following guidelines: 

1.

2.

3.

We may gather information about our competitors from sources such as published articles, 
advertisements, brochures, other non-proprietary materials, surveys by consultants and 
conversations with our clients, as long as those conversations are not likely to suggest that we 
are attempting to (a) conspire with our competitors, using the client as a messenger, or (b) 
gather information in breach of a client's nondisclosure agreement with a competitor or through 
other wrongful means.  Employees should be able to identify the source of any information 
about competitors.

We must never attempt to acquire a competitor's trade secrets or other proprietary information 
through unlawful means, such as theft, spying, bribery or breach of a competitor's nondisclosure 
agreement.

If there is any indication that information that employees obtain was not lawfully received by the 
party in possession, employees should refuse to accept it.  If employees receive any 
competitive information anonymously or that is marked confidential, employees should not 
review it and should contact the Legal and Compliance group immediately.

The improper gathering or use of competitive information could subject employees and the Company to 
criminal and civil liability.  When in doubt as to whether a source of information is proper, employees should 
contact the Legal and Compliance group.

RESPONSIBILITY TO OUR PEOPLE

Equal Employment Opportunity

It is the policy of the Company to ensure equal employment opportunity without discrimination or harassment 
on the basis of race, color, national origin, religion, age, sexual orientation, gender, marital status, disability or 
any other characteristic protected by applicable federal, state, or local law.  Our employment practices and 
decisions adhere to the principles of non-discrimination and equal employment opportunity.  All personnel 
involved in hiring, promotion, transfers, compensation, benefits, termination and all other terms and conditions 
of employment are made aware of their responsibilities in support of these corporate goals.

Non-Discrimination Policy

The Company is committed to a work environment in which all individuals are treated with respect and dignity.  
Each employee has the right to work in a professional atmosphere that promotes equal employment 

Compliance Manual

19

Version 1.9

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

opportunities and prohibits discriminatory practices, including harassment.  Therefore, the Company expects 
that all relationships among persons in the office will be free of bias, prejudice and harassment.

Anti-Harassment Policy

The Company is committed to maintaining a work environment that is free of discrimination.  In keeping with 
this commitment, we will not tolerate unlawful harassment of our employees by anyone, including any 
supervisor, co-worker or third party.  Harassment consists of unwelcome conduct, whether verbal, physical or 
visual, that is based on a person’s race, color, national origin, religion, age, sexual orientation, gender, marital 
status, disability or other protected characteristic, that (1) has the purpose or effect of  creating an intimidating, 
hostile or offensive work environment; (2) has the purpose or effect of unreasonably interfering with an 
individual’s work performance; or (3) otherwise adversely affects an individual’s employment opportunities. 
Harassment will not be tolerated.

Harassment may include derogatory remarks, epithets, offensive jokes, intimidating or hostile acts, the display 
of offensive printed, visual or electronic material, or offensive physical actions.  Sexual harassment deserves 
special mention.  Unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, or other physical, verbal or visual 
conduct based on sex constitutes harassment when (1) submission to the conduct is required as a term or 
condition of employment or is the basis for employment action, or (2) the conduct unreasonably interferes with 
an individual’s work performance or creates an intimidating, hostile or offensive workplace.  Sexual harassment 
may include propositions, innuendo, suggestive comments or unwelcome physical contact.

Individuals and Conduct Covered

These policies apply to all applicants and employees, and prohibit harassment, discrimination and retaliation 
whether engaged in by fellow employees, by a supervisor or manager or by someone not directly connected to 
the Company (e.g., an outside vendor, consultant or client).

Conduct prohibited by these policies is unacceptable in the workplace and in any work-related setting outside 
the workplace, such as during business trips, business meetings and business related social events.  

Retaliation

The Company prohibits retaliation against any individual who reports discrimination or harassment or 
participates in an investigation of such reports.  Retaliation against an employee for reporting discrimination or 
harassment or for participating in an investigation of a claim of harassment or discrimination is a serious 
violation of this policy and, like harassment or discrimination itself, will be subject to disciplinary action.

Reporting an Incident of Harassment, Discrimination or Retaliation

The Company strongly urges the timely reporting of all incidents of harassment, discrimination or retaliation 
regardless of the offender’s identity or position.  Individuals should file their complaints with their immediate 
supervisor, the General Counsel, the Chief Human Resources Officer, or any member of senior management 
before the conduct becomes severe or pervasive.  Individuals should not feel obligated to file their complaints 
with their immediate supervisor first before bringing the matter to the attention of one of the other designated 
representatives identified above.  To the fullest extent practicable, the Company will maintain the confidentiality 
of those involved, consistent with the need to investigate alleged harassment and take appropriate action.  
Misconduct constituting harassment, discrimination or retaliation will be dealt with promptly and appropriately.

Compliance Manual

20

Version 1.9

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

Each supervisor and manager is responsible for enforcing these policies against unlawful discrimination, 
harassment and retaliation, and maintaining a work environment free from sexual and other unlawful 
discrimination, harassment and retaliation.  This includes understanding these policies; reporting any complaint 
of unlawful discrimination, harassment or retaliation received from an employee to the appropriate Company 
representative; cooperating with investigations into reported allegations, and taking the necessary and 
appropriate action where such allegations are substantiated.

Employees who have experienced conduct they believe is contrary to this policy have an obligation to take 
advantage of this complaint procedure.

Leave Policies

The Company provides leaves of absences in accordance with applicable federal, state and local law.  
The Company’s leave policies are outlined in the US Employee Handbook.

Safety in the Workplace

The safety and security of employees is of primary importance.  Employees are responsible for maintaining our 
facilities free from recognized hazards and obeying all Company safety rules.  Working conditions should be 
maintained in a clean and orderly state to encourage efficient operations and promote good safety practices.

Weapons and Workplace Violence

No employee may bring firearms, explosives, incendiary devices or any other weapons into the workplace or 
any work-related setting, regardless of whether or not employees are licensed to carry such weapons.  
Similarly, the Company will not tolerate any level of violence in the workplace or in any work-related setting.  
Violations of this policy must be referred to an employee's supervisor, the Chief Human Resources Officer and 
the CCO immediately.  Threats or assaults that require immediate attention should be reported to the police by 
calling 911.

Drugs and Alcohol 

The Company intends to maintain a drug-free work environment.  Except at approved Company functions, 
employees may not use, possess or be under the influence of alcohol on Company premises. 

Employees cannot use, sell, attempt to use or sell, purchase, possess or be under the influence of any illegal 
drug on Company premises or while performing Company business on or off the premises.

INTERACTING WITH GOVERNMENT

Prohibition on Gifts to Government Officials and Employees

The various branches and levels of government have different laws restricting gifts, including meals, 
entertainment, transportation and lodging, which may be provided to government officials and government 
employees.  Employees are prohibited from providing gifts, meals or anything of value to government officials 
or employees or members of their families without prior written approval from the CCO.

Compliance Manual

21

Version 1.9

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

Political Contributions and Activities

Laws of certain jurisdictions prohibit the use of Company funds, assets, services, or facilities on behalf of a 
political party or candidate.  Payments of corporate funds to any political party, candidate or campaign may be 
made only if permitted under applicable law and approved in writing and in advance by the CCO.

This policy does not prohibit the Company from establishing and maintaining political action committees 
(“PACs”), such as the Company's PAC, which are permitted under applicable law, nor does this policy prohibit 
the Company's eligible employees from giving to such PACs.  Employee participation in any of these activities 
is strictly voluntary and employees have the right to refuse to contribute without reprisal.

Employees' work time may be considered the equivalent of a contribution by the Company.  Therefore, 
employees will not be paid by the Company for any time spent running for public office, serving as an elected 
official, or campaigning for a political candidate.  The Company will not compensate or reimburse employees, 
in any form, for a political contribution that employees intend to make or have made.

Lobbying Activities

Laws of some jurisdictions require registration and reporting by anyone who engages in a lobbying activity.  
Generally, lobbying includes: (1) communicating with any member or employee of a legislative branch of 
government for the purpose of influencing legislation; (2) communicating with certain government officials for 
the purpose of influencing government action; or (3) engaging in research or other activities to support or 
prepare for such communication.

So that the Company may comply with lobbying laws, employees must notify the Legal and Compliance group 
before engaging in any activity on behalf of the Company that might be considered "lobbying" as described 
above.

Bribery of Foreign Officials

Company policy, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the "FCPA"), and the laws of many other countries 
prohibit the Company and its officers, employees and agents from giving or offering to give money or anything 
of value to a foreign official, a foreign political party, a party official or a candidate for political office in order to 
influence official acts or decisions of that person or entity, to obtain or retain business, or to secure any 
improper advantage.  A foreign official is an officer or employee of a government or any department, agency, 
or instrumentality thereof, or of certain international agencies, such as the World Bank or the United Nations, or 
any person acting in an official capacity on behalf of one of those entities.  Officials of government-owned 
corporations are considered to be foreign officials.

Payments need not be in cash to be illegal.  The FCPA prohibits giving or offering to give "anything of value."  
Over the years, many non-cash items have been the basis of bribery prosecutions, including travel expenses, 
golf outings, automobiles, and loans with favorable interest rates or repayment terms.  Indirect payments made 
through agents, contractors, or other third parties are also prohibited.  Employees may not avoid liability by 
"turning a blind eye" when circumstances indicate a potential violation of the FCPA.

The FCPA does allow for certain permissible payments to foreign officials.  Specifically, the law permits 
"facilitating" payments, which are payments of small value to effect routine government actions such as 
obtaining permits, licenses, visas, mail, utilities hook-ups and the like.  However, determining what is a 

Compliance Manual

22

Version 1.9

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

permissible "facilitating" payment involves difficult legal judgments.  Therefore, employees must obtain 
permission from the Legal and Compliance group before making any payment or gift thought to be exempt 
from the FCPA.  

Amendments and Modifications.  

The CCO will periodically review the adequacy of this Code and the effectiveness of its implementation and 
shall make amendments or modifications as necessary.  All material amendments and modifications shall be 
subject to the final approval of the Company's management, the Board and the Executive Committee as 
necessary.

Form ADV Disclosure.  

In connection with making amendments to this Code, the CCO will review and update disclosure relating to this 
Code set forth in the Company's Form ADV, Part 2A.

Employee Certification.  

Ultimate responsibility to ensure that we as a Company comply with the many laws, regulations and ethical 
standards affecting our business rests with each of us.  Employees must become familiar with and conduct 
themselves strictly in compliance with those laws, regulations and standards and the Company's policies and 
guidelines pertaining to them.  By completing the annual acknowledgment form, employees acknowledge that 
they have received and read the terms of this Code.  Employees also certify that they recognize and 
understand the responsibilities and obligations incurred by them as a result of being subject to this Code and 
they hereby agree to abide by the terms hereof.

Compliance Manual

23

Version 1.9

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Pzena Investment Management, Inc. 

Pzena Investment Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. 

Pzena Investment Management, Pty Ltd, is a proprietary limited company incorporated in Australia. 

Pzena Investment Management, Ltd is a private limited company incorporated in England and Wales. 

Pzena Financial Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Exhibit 23.1

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Forms S-3 (No. 333-221340, 
No. 33-205165, No. 333-194885, No. 333-186957, No. 333-172257 and No. 333-155354) and Forms S-8 (No. 333-
235756, No. 333-221339, No. 333-163370 and No. 333-147027) of Pzena Investment Management, Inc. of our 
report dated March 9, 2021 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over 
financial reporting, which appears in the Annual Report to Shareholders, which is incorporated in this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K. 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 

New York, New York 

March 9, 2021

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, Richard S. Pzena, certify that:

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Pzena Investment Management, Inc.

1.
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state 
a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such 
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report.

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, 
fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the 
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report.

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control 
over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and 
have:
a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures 
to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, 
including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly 
during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial 

reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this 
report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end 
of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that 

occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably 
likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of 
internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the 
registrant’s board of directors:
a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over 
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, 
process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a 

significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 9, 2021

/s/ Richard S. Pzena

Richard S. Pzena
Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, Jessica R. Doran, certify that:

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Pzena Investment Management, Inc.

1.
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state 
a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such 
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report.

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, 
fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the 
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report.

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control 
over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and 
have:
a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures 
to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, 
including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly 
during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial 

reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this 
report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end 
of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that 

occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably 
likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of 
internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the 
registrant’s board of directors:
a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over 
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, 
process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a 

significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 9, 2021

/s/ Jessica R. Doran
Jessica R. Doran
Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial and accounting officer)

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.1

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Pzena Investment Management, Inc. (the “Company”) 
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), 
I, Richard S. Pzena, as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted 
pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 

1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and 

results of operations of the Company.

A  signed  original  of  this  written  statement  required  by  section  906  has  been  provided  to  Pzena  Investment 
Management, Inc. and will be retained by Pzena Investment Management, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and 
Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

Date: March 9, 2021

/s/ Richard S. Pzena

Richard S. Pzena
Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.2

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Pzena Investment Management, Inc. (the “Company”) 
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), 
I,  Jessica  R.  Doran,  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  the  Company,  certify,  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  §1350,  as  adopted 
pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 

1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and 

results of operations of the Company.

A  signed  original  of  this  written  statement  required  by  section  906  has  been  provided  to  Pzena  Investment 
Management, Inc. and will be retained by Pzena Investment Management, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and 
Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

Date: March 9, 2021

/s/ Jessica R. Doran

Jessica R. Doran
Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial and accounting officer)